UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

2021

or

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period fromto

Commission file number 001-14063

jbl-20210831_g1.jpg
JABIL INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
38-1886260

Delaware

38-1886260
(State or other jurisdiction of


incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer


Identification No.)

10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(727) 577-9749

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per shareJBLNew York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes      No  




Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes      No  

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.


Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. 
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    Yes      No  

The aggregate market value of the voting common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant based on the closing sale price of the Common Stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange on February 28, 20172021 was approximately $4.5$5.3 billion. For purposes of this determination, shares of Common Stock held by each officer and director and by each person who owns 10% or more of the outstanding Common Stock have been excluded in that such persons may be deemed to be affiliates. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The number of outstanding shares of the registrant’s Common Stock as of the close of business on October 10, 2017,14, 2021, was 176,643,101.143,334,977. The registrant does not have any non-voting stock outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

The registrant’s definitive

We have incorporated by reference portions of our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meetingour annual meeting of Stockholders scheduledshareholders expected to be held on January 25, 2018 is incorporated by reference in20, 2022 into Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-Khereof, to the extent statedindicated herein.





Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

2017

2021 FORM 10-K ANNUAL REPORT

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Part I.

Item 1.

Item 1A.

8

Item 1B.

19

Item 2.

20

Item 3.

21

Item 4.

21
Part II.
Part II.

Item 5.

22

Item 6.

25

Item 7.

26

Item 7A.

43

Item 8.

Item 9.

44

Item 9A.

44

Item 9B.

Part III.
Part III.

Item 10.

44

Item 11.

Item 12.

Item 13.

Item 14.

Part IV.
Part IV.

Item 15.

45

Item 16.

89

90




Table of Contents
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”) contains forward-looking statements, within the meaning of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995, that involve risks and uncertainties. Many of the forward-looking statements are located in Part II, Item 7 of this Form 10-K under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Forward-looking statements provide current expectations of future events based on certain assumptions and include any statement that does not directly relate to any historical or current fact. Forward-looking statements can also be identified by words such as “future,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “estimates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “predicts,” “will,” “would,” “should,” “could,” “can,” “may,” and similar terms. Forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and the Company’s actual results may differ significantly from the results discussed in the forward-looking statements. Achievement of anticipated results is subject to substantial risks, uncertainties and inaccurate assumptions. Should known or unknown risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove inaccurate, actual results could vary materially from past results and those anticipated, estimated or projected. You should bear this in mind as you consider forward-looking statements, and you are cautioned not to put undue reliance on forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as required by law or by the rules and regulations of the SEC. You are advised, however, to consult any further disclosures we make on related subjects. Factors that might cause such differences include, but are not limited to, those discussed in Part I, Item 1A of this Form 10-K under the heading “Risk Factors,” which are incorporated herein by reference. References in this report to “the Company,” “Jabil,” “we,” “our,” or “us” mean Jabil Inc. together with its subsidiaries, except where the context otherwise requires. This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains certain statements that are, or may be deemed to be, forward-looking statements within the meaning

1

Table of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements (such as when we describe what “will,” “may,” or “should” occur, what we “plan,” “intend,” “estimate,” “believe,” “expect” or “anticipate” will occur, and other similar statements) include, but are not limited to, statements regarding future sales and operating results, potential risks pertaining to these future sales and operating results, future prospects, anticipated benefits of proposed (or future) acquisitions, dispositions and new facilities, growth, the capabilities and capacities of business operations, any financial or other guidance, expected capital expenditures and dividends, expected restructuring charges and related savings and all statements that are not based on historical fact, but rather reflect our current expectations concerning future results and events. We make certain assumptions when making forward-looking statements, any of which could prove inaccurate, including assumptions about our future operating results and business plans. Therefore, we can give no assurance that the results implied by these forward-looking statements will be realized. Furthermore, the inclusion of forward-looking information should not be regarded as a representation by the Company or any other person that future events, plans or expectations contemplated by the Company will be achieved. The following important factors, among others, could affect future results and events, causing those results and events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements:

fluctuation in our operating results;

our dependence on a limited number of customers;

our ability to manage growth effectively;

competitive factors affecting our customers’ businesses and ours;

the susceptibility of our production levels to the variability of customer requirements;

our ability to keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions;

our reliance on a limited number of suppliers for critical components;

our exposure to the risks of a substantial international operation;

our ability to achieve the expected profitability from our acquisitions;

For a further list and description of various risks, factors and uncertainties that could cause future results or events to differ materially from those expressed or implied in our forward-looking statements, see the “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” sections contained in this document, and any subsequent reports on Form 10-Q and Form 8-K, and other filings we make with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Given these risks and uncertainties, the reader should not place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements.

All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are made only as of the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and we do not undertake any obligation to publicly update or correct any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances that subsequently occur, or of which we hereafter become aware. You should read this document completely and with the understanding that our actual future results or events may be materially different from what we expect. All forward-looking statements attributable to us are expressly qualified by these cautionary statements.

Contents

PART I

Item 1. Business

The Company

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotivevarious industries and transportation, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale and printing industries.end markets. Our services enable our customers to reduce manufacturing costs, improve supply-chain management, reduce inventory obsolescence, lower transportation costs and reduce product fulfillment time. Our manufacturing and supply chain management services and solutions include innovation, design, planning, fabrication and assembly, delivery and managing the flow of resources and products.

We serve our customers primarily through dedicated business units that combine highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability. We depend, and expect to continue to depend, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue, which in turn depends upon their growth, viability and financial stability. Based on net revenue, for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, our largest customers include Apple, Inc., Cisco Systems, Inc., GoPro, Inc., Hewlett-Packard Company, Ingenico S.A., LM Ericsson Telephone Company, NetApp, Inc., Nokia Networks, Valeo S.A. and Zebra Technologies Corporation. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, we had net revenues of $19.1 billion and net income attributable to Jabil Inc. of $129.1 million.

We conduct our operations in facilities that are located worldwide, including but not limited to, China, Hungary, Malaysia, Mexico, Singapore, and the United States. We derived a substantial majority, 91.4%, of net revenue from our international operations for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017. Our global manufacturing production sites allow customers to manufacture products simultaneously in the optimal locations for their products. Our global presence is key to assessing and executing on our business opportunities.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, we had net revenues of $29.3 billion and net income attributable to Jabil Inc. of $696 million.

We have two reporting segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), which are organized based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles. Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, utilizing our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and our ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment is typically a lower-margin but high volume business that produces product at a quicker rate (i.e. cycle time) and in larger quantities and includes customers primarily in the automotive5G, wireless and transportation, capital equipment, computingcloud, digital print and storage, digital home,retail, industrial and energy,semi-cap, and networking and telecommunications, point of sale and printingstorage industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions, with an emphasis on material sciences, machining, tooling, and technologies.molding of highly engineered plastic and metal parts. Our DMS segment is typically a higher-margin business and includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestylesautomotive and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace,transportation, connected devices, healthcare mobility and packaging, and mobility industries.

The following table sets forth, for


As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within our operating segments. Our operating segments, which are the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentagereporting segments, continue to consist of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

EMS

   58  60  60

DMS

   42  40  40
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100  100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

the DMS and EMS segments. Customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are now presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.

Additional financial information regarding our reportable operating segments is included in Item 7 of this report and Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is (727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The “Investors” section of our website contains a significant amount of information about our company, including financial and other information for investors. The information that we post on the “Investors” section of our website could be deemed to be material information. We encourage investors, the media and others interested in Jabil to visit our website. Information on our website, however, is not a part of this report.

Industry Background

The industry in which we operate has historically been composed of companies that provide a range of design and manufacturing services to companies that utilize electronics components in their products.

In recent years, the industry has expanded to include customers that require products and services beyond electronic components including plastics and metal components, packaging, and injection molding.

We monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers we serve as well as our end-marketsend markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can respond appropriately as circumstances change. Over the long term we believe the factors driving our customers and potential customers to use our industry’s services include:

Efficient Manufacturing.
Efficient Manufacturing.Manufacturing service providers are often able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity and efficiencies of scale because of diversified product demand and, generally, a greater focus on the components of manufacturing cost. Companies are increasingly seeking to reduce their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing and prioritizing capital investments in other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This strategic shift in capital deployment has contributed to increased demand for and interest in outsourcing to external manufacturing service providers.

Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume.Manufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in bringing new products to production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position themselves in global locations that serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies.By utilizing manufacturing service providers, customers gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as to product and production design, which can offer customers significant improvements in the performance, quality, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of their products.

Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power.Manufacturing service providers are often able to more efficiently manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.

Our Strategy

We are focusedoften able to manufacture products at a reduced total cost to companies. These cost advantages result from higher utilization of capacity and efficiencies of scale because of diversified product demand and, generally, a greater focus on expanding ourthe components of manufacturing cost. Companies are increasingly seeking to reduce their investment in inventory, facilities and equipment used in manufacturing and prioritizing capital investments in other activities such as sales and marketing and research and development (“R&D”). This strategic shift in capital deployment has contributed to increased demand for and interest in outsourcing to external manufacturing service providers.


Accelerated Product Time-to-Market and Time-to-Volume. Manufacturing service providers are often able to deliver accelerated production start-ups and achieve high efficiencies in bringing new products to production. Providers are also able to more rapidly scale production for changing markets and to position as onethemselves in global locations that
2

Table of Contents
serve the leading world markets. With increasingly shorter product life cycles, these key services allow new products to be sold in the marketplace in an accelerated time frame.

Access to Advanced Design and Manufacturing Technologies. By utilizing manufacturing service providers, customers gain access to additional advanced technologies in manufacturing processes, as well as to product and production design, which can offer customers significant improvements in the performance, quality, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability of worldwidetheir products.

Improved Inventory Management and Purchasing Power. Manufacturing service providers are often able to more efficiently manage both procurement and inventory, and have demonstrated proficiency in purchasing components at improved pricing due to the scale of their operations and continuous interaction with the materials marketplace.
Our Strategy
Our vision for the future is to become the world’s most technologically advanced manufacturing services and solutions. Tosolutions provider. As we work to achieve this objective,our vision, we continue to pursue the following strategies:

Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships.Our core strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. As a result of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from both existing and new customers as well as from acquisitions. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we focus on identifying and developing relationships with new customers that meet our targeted profile, which includes financial stability, the need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability.

Utilize Customer-Centric Business Units.Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and operate by primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers to provide comprehensive manufacturing solutions that are customized to each customer’s needs. We believe our customer-centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly for customer relationships that extend across multiple production locations.

Leverage Global Production.We believe that global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest possible landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in Europe, Asia, Latin America and Africa.

Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services.Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

Offer Design Services.We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability.

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities Selectively.Traditionally, electronics manufacturing service companies have acquired manufacturing capacity from their customers to drive growth, expand their footprint and gain new customers. In recent years, our acquisition strategy has expanded to include opportunities to acquire competitors who are focused on our key growth areas, which include specialized manufacturing in key markets, materials technology and design operations, as well as other acquisition opportunities complementary to our services offerings. The primary goals of our acquisition strategy are to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers.

Establish and Maintain Long-Term Customer Relationships. An important element of our strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. We focus on maintaining long-term relationships with our customers and seek to expand these relationships to include additional product lines and services. In addition, we focus on identifying and developing relationships with new customers that meet our targeted profile, which includes financial stability, the need for technology-driven turnkey manufacturing, anticipated unit volume and long-term relationship stability.

Product Diversification. We focus on balancing our portfolio of products and product families to those that align with higher return areas of our business, including manufacturing, supply chain management services, comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services, 5G wireless, cloud, healthcare, automotive and transportation, and capital equipment. We have made concentrated efforts to diversify our industry sectors and customer base. Because of these efforts, we have experienced business growth from both existing and new customers as well as from acquisitions.

Utilize Customer-Centric Business Units. Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and operate by primarily utilizing dedicated production equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers to provide comprehensive manufacturing solutions that are customized to each customer’s needs. We believe our customer-centric business units promote increased responsiveness to our customers’ needs, particularly for customer relationships that extend across multiple production locations.

Leverage Global Production. We believe that global production is a key strategy to reduce obsolescence risk and secure the lowest possible landed costs while simultaneously supplying products of equivalent or comparable quality throughout the world. Consistent with this strategy, we have established or acquired operations in the Americas, Europe, Asia and Africa. Our extensive global footprint positions us well to implement safe and practical solutions in order to select production locations which best serve the needs of our customers. We believe that our global footprint is strengthened by our centralized procurement process, which when coupled with our single Enterprise Resource Planning system affords our customers with end-to-end supply chain visibility.

Offer Systems Assembly, Direct-Order Fulfillment and Configure-to-Order Services. Our systems assembly, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services allow our customers to reduce product cost and risk of product obsolescence by reducing total work-in-process and finished goods inventory. These services are available at all of our manufacturing locations.

Offer Design Services. We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services to achieve improvements in performance, cost, time-to-market and manufacturability.

Pursue Acquisition Opportunities Selectively. The primary goals of our acquisition strategy are to complement our current capabilities, diversify our business into new industry sectors and with new customers and expand the scope of the services we can offer to our customers.
Our Approach to Manufacturing

In order to

3

Table of Contents
To achieve high levels of manufacturing performance, we have adopted the following approaches:

Decentralized Business Unit Model.Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and are empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer’s needs. Our business units generally have dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may serve more than one business unit in order to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, thereby promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units. Business unit management reviews the customer financial information in order to assess whether or not the business units are meeting their designated responsibilities and to ensure that the daily execution of manufacturing activities is being effectively managed. The business units aggregate into operating segments based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market share strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.

Automated Continuous Flow.We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach whereby different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process is in contrast to a batch approach, whereby individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. Continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to high volumes of product.

Computerized Control and Monitoring.We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized manufacturing resource planning system, which provides customers with the ability to continuously monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. In addition, manufacturing processes are supported by a computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data.

Electronic Supply Chain Management.We make available to our customers and suppliers an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Our customers use these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders, and we use these tools with our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.

Decentralized Business Unit Model. Most of our business units are dedicated to serve one customer each and are empowered to formulate strategies tailored to individual customer’s needs. Our business units generally have dedicated production lines consisting of equipment, production workers, supervisors, buyers, planners and engineers. Under certain circumstances, a production line may serve more than one business unit to maximize resource utilization. Business units have direct responsibility for manufacturing results and time-to-volume production, thereby promoting a sense of individual commitment and ownership. The business unit approach is modular and enables us to grow incrementally without disrupting the operations of other business units. Business unit management reviews the customer financial information to assess whether the business units are meeting their designated responsibilities and to ensure that the daily execution of manufacturing activities is being effectively managed. The business units aggregate into operating segments based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market share strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.

Automated Continuous Flow. We use a highly automated, continuous flow approach to manufacturing, whereby different pieces of equipment are joined directly or by conveyor to create an in-line assembly process. This process contrasts with a batch approach, whereby individual pieces of assembly equipment are operated as freestanding work-centers. The elimination of waiting time prior to sequential operations results in faster manufacturing, which improves production efficiencies and quality control, and reduces inventory work-in-process. We believe continuous flow manufacturing provides cost reductions and quality improvement when applied to high volumes of product.

Computerized Control and Monitoring. We support all aspects of our manufacturing activities with advanced computerized control and monitoring systems. Component inspection and vendor quality are monitored electronically in real-time. Materials planning, purchasing, stockroom and shop floor control systems are supported through a computerized manufacturing resource planning system, which provides customers with the ability to continuously monitor material availability and track work-in-process on a real-time basis. In addition, manufacturing processes are supported by a computerized statistical process control system, whereby customers can remotely access our computer systems to monitor real-time yields, inventory positions, work-in-process status and vendor quality data.

Electronic Supply Chain Management. We make available to our customers and suppliers an electronic commerce system/electronic data interchange and web-based tools to implement a variety of supply chain management programs. Our customers use these tools to share demand and product forecasts and deliver purchase orders, and we use these tools with our suppliers for just-in-time delivery, supplier-managed inventory and consigned supplier-managed inventory.
Our Design Services

We offer a wide spectrum of value-add design services to enhance our relationships with current customers and to help develop relationships with our new customers. Our teams are strategically staffed to support Jabil customers for all development projects, including turnkey system design and design for manufacturing activities. These design services include:

Electronic Design.Our Electronic Design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design, firmware development and rapid prototyping services. These services have been used by our customers for a variety of products including smart phones and accessory products, notebook and personal computers, servers, radio frequency products, video set-top boxes, optical communications products, communication and broadband products, and automotive and consumer appliance controls.

Industrial Design. Our Industrial Design team designs the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house the products’ electro-mechanics, including the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”).

Mechanical Design. Our Mechanical Design team specializes in three-dimensional mechanical design with the analysis of electronic, electro-mechanical and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. This team has extended Jabil’s product design offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

Computer-Assisted Design. Our Computer-Assisted Design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD engineering tools, PCBA design validation and verification services, and other consulting services, which include generating a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost efficiencies, and accelerate a product’s time-to-market and time-to-volume production.

Product Validation. Our Product Validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes product system tests, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability tests.

Manufacturing Test Solution Development. Our Manufacturing Test Solution Development team provides integral support to the design teams to embed design with testability and to promote efficient capital and resource investment in the manufacturing process. The use of software driven instrumentation and test process design and management has enhanced our product quality and reduced our operating costs relative to human dependent test processes. The full electronic test data-log of customer products has allowed customer product test traceability and visibility throughout the manufacturing test process.

Electronic Design. Our Electronic Design team provides electronic circuit design services, including application-specific integrated circuit design, firmware development and rapid prototyping services. These services have been used by our customers for a variety of products including smart phones and accessory products, notebook and personal computers, connected consumer products and appliances, servers, radio frequency products, optical communications products, communication and broadband products, and automotive and healthcare components and devices.

Industrial Design. Our Industrial Design team designs the “look and feel” of the plastic and metal enclosures that house the products’ electro-mechanics, including the printed circuit board assemblies (“PCBA”).

Mechanical Design. Our Mechanical Design team specializes in three-dimensional mechanical design with the analysis of electronic, electro-mechanical and optical assemblies using state of the art modeling and analytical tools. This team has extended Jabil’s product design offering capabilities to include all aspects of industrial design, advance mechanism development and tooling management.

Computer-Assisted Design. Our Computer-Assisted Design (“CAD”) team provides PCBA design services using advanced CAD engineering tools, PCBA design validation and verification services, and other consulting services, which include generating a bill of materials, approved vendor list and assembly equipment configuration for a particular PCBA design. We believe that our CAD services result in PCBA designs that are optimized for manufacturability and cost efficiencies and accelerate a product’s time-to-market and time-to-volume production.
4

Table of Contents

Product Validation. Our Product Validation team provides complete product and process validation. This includes product system tests, product safety, regulatory compliance and reliability tests.

Manufacturing Test Solution Development. Our Manufacturing Test Solution Development team provides integral support to the design teams to embed design with testability and to promote efficient capital and resource investment in the manufacturing process. The use of software driven instrumentation and test process design and management has enhanced our product quality and reduced our operating costs relative to human dependent test processes. The full electronic test data-log of customer products has allowed customer product test traceability and visibility throughout the manufacturing test process.
Fabrication and Assembly

We offer systems assembly, test, direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services to our customers. Our systems assembly services extend our range of assembly activities to include assembly of higher-level sub-systems and systems incorporating multiple PCBAs. In addition, based on quality assurance programs developed with our customers, we provide testing services for our PCBAs, sub-systems and systems products. Our quality assurance programs include circuit testing under various environmental conditions to ensure that our products meet or exceed required customer specifications. We also offer direct-order fulfillment and configure-to-order services for delivery of final products.

Technology

and Research and Development

We believe that our manufacturing and testing technologies are among the most advanced in our industry. To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continuously engage in R&D activities designed to create new and improved products and manufacturing solutions for our customers. Through our R&D efforts, we intend to continue to offer our customers highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing process technologies for precise and aesthetic mechanical components and system assembly. These technologies include automation, electronicand R&D activities include:
Automation, including automated tooling
Electronic interconnection advanced
Advanced polymer and metal material science automated tooling, single/
Single/multi-shot injection molding, stamping multi-axisand in-mold labeling
Multi-axis computer numerical control spray painting, vacuum
Vacuum metallization physical
Physical vapor deposition digital
Digital printing anodization, thermal-plastic
Anodization
Thermal-plastic composite formation plastic
Plastic with embedded electronics in-mold labeling, metal cover
Metal and plastic covers with insert-molded or die-castingdies-casting features for assembly seamless display
Display cover with integrated touch sensor plastic cover with insert-molded glass lens and advanced testing solutions. In addition to our R&D activities, we are continuously making refinements to our existing manufacturing processes.

Research and Development

To meet our customers’ increasingly sophisticated needs, we continuously engage in R&D activities designed to create new and improved products and manufacturing solutions for our customers. These activities include electronic design, mechanical design, software design, system level design, material

Material processing research (including plastics, metal, glass and ceramic), component and product validation, as well as other design and process development-related activities necessary to manufacture our customers’ products in the most cost-effective and consistent manner. The products for which we
Additive manufacturing
We engage in R&D activities includefor many products including mobile internet devices and associated accessories, multi-media tablets, two-way radios, consumer lifestyles products, health care and life science products, server and storage products, set-top and digital home products and printing products and wearable technologies products. For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, we expended $29.7 million, $32.0 million and $27.6 million, respectively, on R&D activities.

Customers and Marketing

Our core

A key tenet of our strategy is to establish and maintain long-term relationships with leading companies in expanding industries with the size and growth characteristics that can benefit from highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing on a global scale. A small number of customers and significant industry sectors have historically comprised a major portion of our net revenue.

We also market our services and solutions through our website and our Blue Sky Innovation Centers.

In fiscal year 2017,2021, our five largest customers accounted for approximately 47% of our net revenue and 8382 customers accounted for approximately 90% of our net revenue. The table below sets forth the respective portion of net revenue attributable to the customers that accounted for approximately 10% or morea significant concentration of our net revenue during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Apple, Inc.

   24  24  24

Our business unit managers and directors, supported by executive management, work to expand existing customer relationships through the additionperiods indicated:

5

Table of product lines and services. These individuals also identify and attempt to develop relationships with new customers who meet our targeted customer profile. We also market our services and solutions through our website and our Blue Sky Innovation Centers.

Contents

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Apple, Inc.22 %20 %22 %
Competition

Our business is highly competitive. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturing service providers, and design providers, including Benchmark Electronics, Inc., Celestica Inc., Flextronics International Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co., Ltd., Plexus Corp. and Sanmina Corporation. We also compete against numerous domestic and foreign diversified manufacturing service providers including AptarGroup, Inc., Berry Plastics Group, Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd., Gerresheimer AG, Quanta Computer, Inc. and Zeniya Aluminum Engineering, Ltd. In addition, past consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors that have significant resources.

design providers. We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In

We compete with different companies depending on the past, sometype of our customers moved a portionservice we are providing or the geographic area in which an activity takes place. We believe that the principal competitive factors in the manufacturing services market are: cost; accelerated production time-to-market; higher efficiencies; global locations; rapid scale production; advanced technologies; quality; and improved pricing of their manufacturing from us in ordercomponents. We believe we are extremely competitive with regard to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

Backlog

Our order backlog asall of August 31, 2017 and 2016 was valued at approximately $4.9 billion and $4.5 billion, respectively. Our order backlog is expected to be filled within the current fiscal year. Although our backlog consists of firm purchase orders, the level of backlog at any particular time may not be necessarily indicative of future sales. Given the nature of our relationships with our customers, and the fact that we generally do not enter into long-term contracts or purchase commitments with our customers, we frequently allow our customers to cancel or reschedule deliveries, and therefore, backlog is often not a meaningful indicator of future financial results.

Seasonality

Production levels for a portion of the DMS segment are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter, which ends on November 30, due to higher demand for consumer-related products during the holiday selling season.

these factors.

Components Procurement

We procure components from a broad group of suppliers, determined on an assembly-by-assembly basis. Almost allOur global sourcing and purchasing locations are strategically placed in various countries throughout the world along with our global commodity management and supplier relationship teams. These locations manage our end-to-end procurement lifecycle. This regionalized expertise along with our supplier relationships provide efficient procurement operations.
Some of the products we manufacture contain one or more components that are only available from only a single source. Some of these components are allocated from time to time in response to supply shortages. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component.

Proprietary Rights

We regard certain aspects of our technology, design, production and product management services as proprietary intellectual property. To protect our trade secrets, manufacturing know-how and other proprietary rights, we rely largely upon a combination of intellectual property laws, non-disclosure agreements with our customers, employees, and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. We currently have a relatively modest number of solely owned and/or jointly held patents for various innovations. We believe that our research and design activities, along with developments relating thereto, may result in growth of our patent portfolio and its importance to us, particularly as we expand our business activities. Other factors significant to our proprietary rights include the knowledge and experience of our management and personnelworkforce and our ability to develop, enhance and market manufacturingour technology and services.

We license some technology and intellectual property rights from third parties that we use in providing some of our design, production and product management services to our customers.parties. Generally, the license agreements that govern such third partythird-party technology and intellectual property rights grant us the right to use the subject technology anywhere in the world and terminate upon a material breach by us.

Employees


Human Capital Management
As of August 31, 2017,2021, our workforce includes diverse, talented and dedicated employees across approximately 100 locations in more than 30 countries, and simply stated, they are what differentiate us from our competitors. To maintain our edge, we employed approximately 170,000 people worldwide. continually invest in our employees, so that they can make anything possible and everything better for our customers, shareholders, and communities. Following is a summary of employees by location (in thousands):
RegionNumber of Employees
Asia180
Americas41
Europe17
Total(1)
238
(1)Total headcount includes permanent, temporary and contingent workers.

6

Table of Contents
None of our U.S. domestic employees arehave chosen to be represented by a labor union. In certain international locations, our employees are represented by labor unions and by works councils. We have never experienced a significant work stoppage or strike and promote a culture of positive employee relations.

Safety
“Safety First” is a fundamental value that is ingrained in our culture. We are committed to safety standards in all of our facilities, ensuring our employees are protected and can return home safely after each work shift. By implementing a continuous improvement-based Health and Safety Management System including annual training assessments coupled with engaged leaders and employees who prioritize safety above all else, we believe thathave established a path to safety excellence.

COVID-19 Response
As a global employer, we have a responsibility to our employee relationsemployees, customers, suppliers and the communities in which we operate to take decisive action to protect against COVID-19 in our facilities. From the outset of the COVID-19 pandemic, we established prevention protocols, which have allowed our sites to operate safely with minimal disruption. Measures we have taken include:

Employees and visitors are good.

Geographic Information

required to undergo temperature checks and complete health screening questionnaires before entering a Jabil facility

Employees and visitors are provided with masks and required to wear them while on site
Hand sanitizing stations are located throughout all of our facilities
Social distancing guidelines have been established
Quarantine and contact tracing protocols have been established for suspected and/or confirmed cases and a robust follow-up process has been implemented to ensure the well-being of our employees
Business travel has been restricted
Eligible employees work remotely
Employees have been provided with masks, hand sanitizer, and educational resources to take home to their families

In addition to these extensive internal measures, we also retooled and ramped-up numerous production facilities to make masks, hand sanitizer, face shields, ventilators and diagnostic products in order to fulfill the urgent needs of our customers.

Human Rights
We promote respect for fundamental human rights as an essential element of responsible corporate citizenship. We are a founding member of the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA), which is one of the world’s largest industry coalitions for corporate social responsibility in global supply chains. The informationRBA sets (1) standards regarding net revenueexcessive working hours and long-lived assets set forth in Note 13 – “Concentration of Riskunfair wages, (2) controls to prohibit child labor and Segment Data”human trafficking, and (3) avenues for employees to raise and address workplace health and safety concerns. We have aligned our work programs, processes and procedures to the Consolidated Financial StatementsRBA Code of Conduct so as to ensure working conditions are safe, employees are treated with respect and dignity, and manufacturing process and practices are environmentally responsible.

Diversity, Equity and Inclusion
At Jabil, our workforce is hereby incorporated by reference into this Part I, Item 1. Eachdiverse at its core, and our employees thrive in an entrepreneurial culture where they can do their best work. Diverse backgrounds, experiences and opinions are welcome here. We work together in a way that enables our employees to be their true self, challenges them and encourages them, while allowing them to make a difference at work and in the world.
We act in accordance with our Code of Conduct to create an environment free from discrimination or harassment globally and respect the human rights of our segmentsemployees. Moreover, we strive to achieve an inclusive and equitable workplace where opportunities for success are created and available for all employees. In order to achieve this, we have trained leaders on unconscious bias to support their capability as inclusive leaders.
In partnership with the University of South Florida's Muma College of Business and the Tampa Bay Lightning, we developed an online certificate program about workplace diversity, equity, and inclusion. Over 135,000 registrants from fifteen different countries, including the US, which led all nations with the most online registrants, signed-up for this seven-week course. The program was offered at no cost and consisted of seven two-hour modules. Over 62,000 registrants completed the program and received a digital certificate and badge to display on social media.
In 2020, we launched a Diversity, Equity & Inclusion (DEI) Council comprised of eight global, cross-functional team members who represent the voice of our employees. Under the direction of our CEO and diversity leader, this council has unprecedented access to share directly with our executive leadership team their perspectives, ideas and solutions on diversity,
7

Table of Contents
equity and inclusivity opportunities at Jabil while acting and advocating for progress within spheres of internal and external influence.

Career Growth and Development
At Jabil, we have historically invested in the professional and personal growth and development of our employees at all levels of the organization to ensure continuous learning and skills enrichment. In addition, we undertake talent reviews to assess bench strength and succession planning. During these reviews, we also spotlight high potential talent, retention rates and the diversity composition of our leaders. In FY21, there were over 35,000 internal promotions at various levels in Jabil, a true testament to our ability to grow and develop our own talent.

Compensation and Benefits
Jabil’s compensation programs are designed to align the compensation of our employees with Jabil’s performance and to provide the proper incentives to attract, retain and motivate employees to achieve superior results. Specifically:
We provide employee pay levels that are competitive and consistent with employee positions, skill levels, experience, knowledge and geographic location.
Salary increases and incentive compensation are based on merit and performance.
All U.S. employees are eligible for health insurance, paid and unpaid leaves, a retirement plan, and life and disability/accident coverage. Benefits outside the U.S. are provided based upon country-specific practices and are intended to support the health and well-being of our employees and their families.
Supporting the mental health and emotional well-being of our employees and their families is dependent on foreign operations.

a high priority at Jabil, and we have implemented several programs and benefits over the past several years to help de-stigmatize mental health issues and assist employees in finding and leveraging appropriate resources. These include a global employee assistance program (EAP), on-site behavioral health resources in some locations and education for our leaders regarding how to recognize and respond to signs of mental health and substance abuse issues.

Almost all of our employees around the world are eligible to participate in our Employee Stock Purchase plan, allowing them to become owners of Jabil stock at a discount.

Employee Engagement
In May 2021, we conducted a Voice of the Employee Survey, utilizing a third party to administer it. Approximately 90% of our employees responded to the survey, demonstrating the high level of engagement of our employees. In addition, scores across a number of factors were consistently high and exceeded industry benchmark. Action plans have been developed and are in the process of being executed at all sites.
Environmental

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those relating to the use, storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments or those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture.

Information about our Executive Officers of the Registrant

Executive officers are appointed by the Board of Directors and serve at the discretion of the Board. Except as otherwise noted below, each executive officer is a full-time employee of Jabil. There are no family relationships among our executive officers and directors. There are no arrangements or understandings between any of our executive officers and any other persons pursuant to which any of such executive officers were selected. Below is a list of our executive officers as of the most recent practicable date.

Forbes I.J. Alexander (age 57) was named Chief Financial Officer in September 2004. Mr. Alexander joined Jabil in 1993 as Controller of Jabil’s Scottish operation and was promoted to Assistant Treasurer in April 1996. Mr. Alexander was Treasurer from November 1996 to August 2004. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Alexander was Financial Controller of Tandy Electronics European Manufacturing Operations in Scotland. Mr. Alexander is a Fellow of the Institute of Chartered Management Accountants. He holds a B.A. in Accounting from the University of Abertay, Dundee, Scotland.

officers:

Steven D. Borges (age 49)53) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, HealthcareRegulated Industries in September 2016.2020 with additional responsibility for Additive Manufacturing. Mr. Borges served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Healthcare from September 2016 through August 2020. Mr. Borges joined Jabil in 1993 and has global experience in positions of increasing responsibility in Operations, Business Development, Manufacturing Operations and Supply Chain Management. He holds a Bachelor’s Degree in Business Administration and Management from Fitchburg State University.

Sergio A. Cadavid

Michael Dastoor (age 61)56) was named SeniorExecutive Vice President, Treasurer inChief Financial Officer effective September 2013. Mr. Cadavid joined Jabil in 2006 as Treasurer. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Cadavid was Corporate Assistant Treasurer for Owens-Illinois, Inc. in Toledo, Ohio. He has also held various positions with The Quaker Oats Company, Arthur Andersen & Co. and J.M. Family Enterprises, Inc. He holds an M.B.A. from the University of Florida and a B.B.A. from Florida International University.

Michael Dastoor (age 51) was named Senior Vice President, Controller in July 2010.2018. Mr. Dastoor joined Jabil in 2000 as Regional Controller – Asia Pacific and was named Controller in June 2004.2004 and Senior Vice President, Controller in July 2010. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Dastoor was a Regional Financial Controller for Inchcape PLC. He holds a degree in Finance and Accounting from the University of Bombay. Mr. Dastoor is a Chartered Accountant from the Institute of Chartered Accountants in England and Wales.

Erich Hoch

8

Table of Contents
Bruce A. Johnson (age 48)65) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Jabil Digital Solutions in June 2016. Mr. Hoch joined Jabil in 2002 as Business Unit Manager and held positions of increasing responsibility in Operations, Business Development, Manufacturing Operations, Technology and Supply Chain where he served as Senior Vice President and Chief Supply Chain Officer from 2008 to 2013. He previously served as Executive Vice President of Engineering and Technology Services. Prior to Jabil, Mr. Hoch spent 18 years at Philips Electronics where he worked across multiple functional disciplines. Mr. Hoch received an engineering diploma in Vienna, Austria, in toolmaking and mechanics. He also holds various international certifications in Marketing, Purchasing, and Business Management.

Bruce A. Johnson(age 61) was named Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer in January 2017.2019. Mr. Johnson joined Jabil in 2015 as Vice President, Human Resources.Resources and was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief Human Resources Officer in 2017. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Johnson was a Chief Organizational Effectiveness Officer/Executive Vice President, Human Resources for C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc., a wholesale distributor of food and grocery items with headquarters in Keene, New Hampshire from 2007 to 2014. Mr. Johnson also served in senior roles at The Timberland Company, a footwear and apparel designer, retailer and manufacturer in New Hampshire, and E.I. Du Pont De Nemours and Company (Du Pont) in Delaware. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in History from Middlebury College in Vermont.

Robert L. Katz (age 55)59) joined Jabil in March 2016 and was named Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Corporate Secretary in September 2016. Mr. Katz transitioned the Corporate Secretary role to a member of his staff in April 2017. In April 2019 he was named Chief Ethics & Compliance Officer. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Katz served as Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary of SharkNinja, a vacuum and kitchen appliance manufacturer. He was previously Senior Vice President and General Counsel of Ingersoll Rand plc, a diversified industrial manufacturer, from 2010 to 2015. Mr. Katz served as Senior Vice President, General Counsel, Corporate Secretary and Chief Compliance Officer of Federal-Mogul Corporation from 2007 to 2010. From 1999 to 2007 he was General Counsel—EMEA for Delphi Corporation in Paris, France. He began his career with Milbank, Tweed, Hadley & McCloy working in the Mergers and Acquisitions and General Corporate Group in New York and London. He earned a Bachelor of Laws (LL.B.) and a Bachelor of Civil Law (B.C.L.) from McGill University. He is a member of the New York Bar.

Michael J. Loparco (age 46)50) was named Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Engineered Solutions GroupElectronic Manufacturing Services (EMS) in January 2016.September 2020; and currently also has responsibility for Jabil’s Enterprise Supply Chain Strategies and Global IT. Previously, Mr. Loparco served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer. Engineered Solutions Group since January 2016; and also had responsibility for Jabil’s Enterprise Supply Chain, Procurement and certain strategic investments. Prior to that, Mr. Loparco served as President, Chief Executive Officer Industrial and Energy, Senior Vice President, Global Business Units inof Jabil’s High Velocity businessand Energy & Industrial Division and held a variety of global management positions. Before joining Jabil in 1999, Mr. Loparco was an attorney at Holland & Knight, LLP, practicing corporate and commercial litigation.litigation and serving as a certified mediator. He holds a Juris Doctorate from Stetson University College of Law. He holds a Bachelor of Arts in International Business, with minor degrees in SpanishBusiness Management and Business Management,Spanish, from Eckerd College.

Mark Mondello (age 53) was named57) has served as Chief Executive Officer inand a member of the Board of Directors since March 2013. In addition, Mr. Mondello has been appointed Chairman of the Board effective November 1, 2021. Prior to that, Mr. Mondello served as Chief Operating Officer from 2002 to 2013. Mr. Mondello joined Jabil in 1992 as a manufacturing supervisor. Mr. Mondello was promoted to Project Manager in 1993, named Vice President,supervisor and has held various leadership roles, including SVP, Business Development in 1997, Senior Vice President, Business Development in 1999 and served as Chief Operating Officer from 2002 to 2013.Development. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Mondello was a commercial and defense-related aerospace project manager for Moog, Inc. He holds a B.S. in Mechanical Engineering from the University of South Florida.

William D. Muir, Jr.

Daryn Smith (age 49)51) was named Senior Vice President, Enterprise & Commercial Controller in June 2018 and assumed leadership of Corporate Development and M&A in September 2020. Mr. Smith served as Chief OperatingFinancial Officer in March 2013. As previously announced,of EMS from June 2013 through June 2018. Mr. Muir will be retiring effective December 31, 2017 and is currently transitioning his responsibilities. Mr. MuirSmith joined Jabil in 1992 as a Quality Engineer2002 and he has servedheld various leadership roles in a variety of management positions of increasing responsibility.Risk and Assurance, Financial Planning and Analysis, and Controllership for Jabil.  Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Muir served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Global ManufacturingSmith was with the Assurance and Advisory Services Group from 2010 to 2013 prior to being named Chief Operating Officer.practice for Arthur Andersen. He holds a Bachelor’s degree in Industrial Engineering and an MBA, bothAccounting from the University of South Florida and a MBA from the University of Florida.

Alessandro Parimbelli

Kenneth S. Wilson (age 49)56) was named Executive Vice President Chief Executive Officer, Enterprise and InfrastructureCEO of Jabil Green Point in July 2013.2017 and assumed responsibility for Consumer Packaging and Corporate Procurement in September 2020. Prior to that, Mr. Parimbelli joined Jabil in 1998 as a Test Engineering Manager. At Jabil, Mr. Parimbelli served in business management positions in Boise, Idaho and Paris, France before being promoted to Vice President, Global Business Units in 2006. From 2010 through 2012 Mr. ParimbelliWilson was Senior Vice President of the Telecommunications Infrastructure Sector within Jabil’s Enterprise & Infrastructure group. He first joined Jabil in 2000 as a business unit manager; and has held various leadership roles, including VP of Global Business Units, running businesses such as consumer electronics and was responsible for Jabil’s Enterprise and Infrastructure business.telecommunications. Prior to joining Jabil, he spent 8 years at Motorola, where he served as Operations Director in their Handset Division. Mr. Parimbelli held various engineering positions within Hewlett-PackardWilson has a Bachelor’s degree in Manufacturing Engineering and a MBA from Edinburgh Business School.

Additional Information
Our principal executive offices are located at 10560 Dr. Martin Luther King, Jr. Street North, St. Petersburg, Florida 33716, and our telephone number is (727) 577-9749. We were incorporated in Delaware in 1992. Our website is located at http://www.jabil.com. Through a link on the “Investors” section of our website, we make available our Annual Report on Form 10-K, our Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, our Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after they are electronically filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. The “Investors” section of our website contains a significant amount of information about our Company, including financial and other software engineering companies. He holds an MBA from Colorado State Universityinformation for investors. The information that we post on the “Investors” section of our website could be deemed to be
9

Table of Contents
material information. We encourage investors, the media and others interested in Jabil to visit our website. Information on our website, however, is not a Software Engineering degree from Politecnicopart of Milan, Italy.

William E. Peters(age 54) was named President in March 2013. Mr. Peters served as Executive Vice President, Human Development, Human Resources from 2010 to 2013. He joined Jabil in 1990 as a buyerthis report.


10

Table of Contents
Item 1A. Risk Factors
Business and held positionsOperational Risks
The effect of increasing responsibility in Operations, Supply Chain and Manufacturing Operations. Prior to joining Jabil, Mr. Peters was a financial analyst for Electronic Data Systems. He holds a B.A. in Economics from Michigan State University.

Courtney J. Ryan(age 47) was named Executive Vice President, Corporate Development/Chief of Staff in July 2016. Mr. Ryan joined Jabil in 1993 as a Quality Engineer and worked his way through variousCOVID-19 on our operations and business development management positions. He was named Senior Vice President, Global Business Units in 2007. Mr. Ryan served as Executive Vice President, Chief Executive Officer, Nypro from July 2013 to June 2016. Mr. Ryan holds an MBA with a concentration in Decisionthe operations of our customers, suppliers and Information Sciencelogistics providers has had, and a Bachelor of Arts in Economics, both from the University of Florida. He also serves on the University of Florida’s MBA and Supply Chain Advisory Board.

Item 1A.Risk Factors

Our operating results may fluctuate due to a number of factors, many of which are beyond our control.

Our annual and quarterly operating results are affected by a number of factors, including:

adverse changes in current macro-economic conditions, both in the U.S.future again have, a material and internationally;

how well we executeadverse impact on our strategyfinancial condition and operating plans,results of operations.
Our global operations expose us to the COVID-19 pandemic, which has had and will continue to have an adverse impact on our employees, operations, supply chain and distribution system. While we have taken numerous steps to mitigate the impact of changesthe pandemic on our results of operations, there can be no assurance that these efforts will be successful. To date, COVID-19 has increased our expenses, primarily related to additional labor costs and the procurement of personal protection equipment for our employees globally, and has caused a reduction in factory utilization due to travel disruptions and restrictions. 
COVID-19 continues to spread across the globe and is impacting worldwide economic activity, including our business model;

global manufacturing production sites. Public and private sector policies and initiatives to reduce the volumetransmission of COVID-19, including travel restrictions and timingquarantines, are impacting our operations, including affecting the ability of orders placed by our customers;

the level ofemployees to get to our facilities, reducing capacity utilization levels, causing certain facility or intermittent business closures, and interrupting the movement or increasing the cost of moving components and products through our manufacturing facilitiessupply chain.  If additional factory closures are required or reductions in capacity utilization levels occur, we expect to incur additional direct costs and associated fixed costs;lost revenue.

Our suppliers have experienced facility closures or reductions in their capacity utilization levels, which in some cases are ongoing.Our suppliers may experience closures or reductions again in the composition offuture. When this occurs we have and may in the costs of revenue amongfuture again have difficulty sourcing materials labornecessary to fulfill production requirements which could lead to higher material and manufacturing overhead;freight costs.

price competition;

changesCOVID-19 has also impacted our customers and creates unpredictable reductions or increases in demand for our manufacturing services. 
Our ability to continue to manufacture products is highly dependent on our ability to maintain the safety and health of our factory employees. The ability of our employees to work has been, and may again be significantly impacted by individuals contracting or services, as well asbeing exposed to COVID-19. While we are following the volatilityrequirements of governmental authorities and taking preventative and protective measures to prioritize the safety of our employees, these changes;

changesmeasures are not always successful and we have been required to temporarily close facilities or take other measures. In addition, responding to the continuing pandemic diverts management’s attention from our key strategic priorities, and may cause us to reduce, delay, alter or abandon initiatives that may otherwise increase our long-term value or otherwise disrupt our business operations. While we are staying in demand inclose communication with our customers’ end markets, as well assites, employees, customers, suppliers and logistics partners and acting to mitigate the volatilityimpact of these changes;

our exposure to financially-troubled customers;

any potential future termination, or substantial winding down,this dynamic and evolving situation, the duration and extent of significant customer relationships;

our levelthe effect of experience in manufacturing particular products;

the degree of automation used in our assembly process;

the efficiencies achieved in managing inventoriesCOVID-19 on Jabil is not determinable. We believe COVID-19 has had, and property, plant and equipment;

significant costs incurred in acquisitions and other transactions that are immediately expensedmay in the quarter in which they occur;

fluctuations in materials costs and availability of materials;

adverse changes in political conditions, both in the U.S. and internationally, including among other things, adverse changes in tax laws and rates (and government interpretations thereof), adverse changes in trade policiesfuture again have, a material and adverse changes in fiscal and monetary policies;

seasonality in customers’ product demand;

the timing of expenditures in anticipation of increased sales, customer product delivery requirements and shortages of components or labor;

changes in stock-based compensation expense due to changes in the expected vesting of performance-based equity awards comprising a portion of such stock-based compensation expense; and

failure to comply with foreign laws, which could result in increased costs and/or taxes.

Any one or a combination of these factors could adversely affectimpact on our annual and quarterlyconsolidated financial position, results of operations inand cash flows. In addition, the future. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysisimpact of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations.”

the COVID-19 pandemic could exacerbate the other risks we face.

If we do not manage our growth effectively, our profitability could decline.

Our business at times experiences periods of rapid growth which can place considerable additional demands upon our management team and our operational, financial and management information systems. Our ability to manage growth effectively requires us to continue to implement and improve these systems; avoid cost overruns; maintain customer, supplier and other favorable business relationships during possible transition periods; efficiently and effectively dedicate resources to existing customers;customers as well as new projects; acquire or construct additional facilities; occasionally transfer operations to different facilities; acquire equipment in anticipation of demand; continue to develop the management skills of our managers and supervisors; adapt relatively quickly to new markets or technologies and continue to hire, train, motivate and manage our employees. Our failure to effectively manage growth, as well as our failure to realize the anticipated benefits of the actions we take to try to manage our growth, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Because we depend on a limited number of customers, a reduction in sales to any one of those customers could cause a significant decline in our revenue.

We currently depend, and expect to continue to depend for the foreseeable future, upon a relatively small number of customers for a significant percentage of our net revenue and upon their growth, viability and financial stability. See “Business – The Company.” In some instances, particular manufacturing services we provide for a customer representsrepresent a significant
11

Table of Contents
portion of the overall revenue we receive from that customer. These circumstancesAs a result of this concentration, a reduction in business from one or more of our largest customers could each have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. In addition, if one or more of our significant customers were to become insolvent or otherwise become unable to pay us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Consolidation among our customers exposes us to increased risks, including reduced revenue and dependence on a smaller number of customers. Increasing consolidation in industries that utilize our services may occur as companies combine to achieve further economies of scale and other synergies, which could result in an increase in excess manufacturing capacity as companies seek to divest manufacturing operations or eliminate duplicative product lines. Excess manufacturing capacity may increase pricing and competitive pressures for our industry as a whole and for us in particular. If one of our customers is acquired by another company that does not rely on us to provide services and has its own production facilities or relies on another provider of similar services, we may lose that customer’s business. Such consolidation among our customers may further reduce the number of customers that generate a significant percentage of our net revenue and expose us to increased risks relating to dependence on a small number of customers.

Our customers face numerous competitive challenges, which may materially adversely affect their business and ours.

Factors adversely affecting our customers may also adversely affect us. These factors include:

the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on our customers;
recessionary periods in our customers’ markets;

the inability of our customers to adapt to rapidly changing technology and evolving industry standards, which may contribute to short product life cycles or shifts in our customers’ strategies;

the inability of our customers to develop, market or gain commercial acceptance of their products, some of which are new and untested;

the potential that our customers’ products become commoditized or obsolete;

loss of business or a reduction in pricing power experienced by our customers;

the emergence of new business models or more popular products and shifting patterns of demand; and

a highly-competitive consumer products industry, which is often subject to shorter product lifecycles, shifting end-user preferences and higher revenue volatility.

If our customers are unsuccessful in addressing these competitive challenges, their businesses may be materially adversely affected, reducing the demand for our services, decreasesdecreasing our revenues or altering our production cycles and inventory management, each of which could adversely affect our ability to cover fixed costs and our gross profit margins and results of operations.

Most of our customers do not commit to long-term production schedules, and they may cancel their orders, change production quantities, delay production or change their sourcing strategy, which makes it difficult for us to schedule production and manage capital expenditures and to maximize the efficiency of our manufacturing capacity.

Most of our customers do not commit to firm production schedules for more than one quarter. We make significant decisions, including determining the levels of business that we will seek and accept, production schedules and locations, component procurement commitments, personnel needs and other resource requirements, based on our estimate of customer requirements. Our inability to forecast the level of customer orders with certainty makes it difficult to schedule production and maximize utilization of our manufacturing capacity.capacityand supply chain capabilities. In the past, we have been required to increase staffing and other expenses in order to meet the anticipated demand. On occasion, customers may requirehave required rapid increases in production for one or more of their products or requested that we relocate our manufacturing operations or transfer manufacturing from one facility to another, which can stressstresses our resources and may reduce operating margins.

Customers have canceled their orders, changed production quantities or designs, delayed production, changed their sourcing strategy and terminated their relationships with us. We cannot assure you that present or future customers will not terminate their service arrangements with us or significantly change, reduce, cancel or delay the amount of services ordered. Such changes, delays and cancellations have led to, and may lead in the future to a decline in our production and our possession of excess or obsolete inventory that we may not be able to sell to customers or third parties. This may result in write downs of inventories, a reduction in the number of products that we sell, delays in payment for inventory that we purchased, and reductions in the use of our manufacturing facilities. As many of our costs and operating expenses are relatively fixed, a reduction in customer demand, particularly a reduction in demand for a product that represents a significant amount of our revenue, can harm our gross profit margins and results of operations.

12

Table of Contents
In addition, we sometimes experience difficulty forecasting the timing of our receipt of revenue and earningspayment from customers. The necessary process to begin manufacturing can be lengthy. Because we make capital expenditures during this ramping-up process and do not receive revenuepayment until after we produce and ship the customer’s products, any delays or unanticipated costs in the ramping-up process may have a significant adverse effect on our cash flows and our results of operationsoperations. Servicing our largest customers may also require us to increase our capital expenditures.

Customer relationships with emerging companies may present more risks than with established companies.

Customer relationships with emerging companies present special risks because we do not have an extensive product or customer relationship history. There is less demonstration of market acceptance of their products making it harder for us to anticipate requirements than with established customers. Our credit risk on these customers, especially in trade accounts receivable and inventories, and the risk that these customers will be unable to fulfill indemnification obligations to us are potentially increased. We sometimes offer these customers extended payment terms, loans and other support and financial accommodations which may increaseincreases our financial exposure.

exposureand has impacted our financial results in the past.

The success of our business is dependent on our ability to keep pace with technological changes and competitive conditions in our industry, and our ability to effectively adapt our services as our customers react to technological changes and competitive conditions in their respective industries.

If we are unable to offer technologically advanced, cost effective, quick response manufacturing services that are differentiated from our competition and adapt those services as our customers’ requirements change, demand for our services will decline.

Introducing new business models or programs requiring implementation of new competencies, such as new process technologies and our development of new products or services for customers, could affect our operations and financial results.

The introduction of new business models or programs requiring implementation or development of new competencies, such as new process technology within our operations and our independent development of new products or services for customers, presents challenges in addition to opportunities. The success of new business models or programs depends on a number of factors including, but not limited to, a sufficient understanding of the new business or markets, timely and successful product development (by us and/or our customer), market acceptance, our ability to manage the risks associated with new business models or programs and new product production ramp-up, the effective management of purchase commitments and inventory levels in line with anticipated product demand, our development or acquisition of appropriate intellectual property, the availability of supplies in adequate quantities and at appropriate costs to meet anticipated demand, and the risk that new products may have quality or other defects in the early stages of introduction. Accordingly, we cannot determine in advance the ultimate result of new business models or programs.

As a result, we must make long-term investments, develop or obtain appropriate intellectual property and commit significant resources before knowing whether our assumptions will accurately reflect customer demand for our services.demand. After the development of a new business model or program, we typically must be able to manufacture appropriate volumes quickly and at low cost. To accomplish this, we endeavor to accurately forecast volumes, mixes of products and configurations that meet customer requirements; however, we maydo not always succeed at doing so.

We compete with numerous other diversified manufacturing service providers, electronic manufacturing services, and design providers and others.

Our business is highly competitive and our manufacturing processes are generally not subject to significant proprietary protection. We compete against numerous domestic and foreign electronic manufacturers, manufacturing service providers, design providers and design providers. Past consolidation in our industry has resulted in larger and more geographically diverse competitors who have significant combined resources.others. The significant purchasing power and market power of these competitors, many large companies, could increase pricing and competitive pressures for us. Most of our competitors have international operations and significant financial resources and some have substantially greater manufacturing, research and development (R&D) and marketing resources. These competitors may:

respond more quickly to new or emerging technologies or changes in customer requirements;

have technological expertise, engineering capabilities and/or manufacturing resources that are greater than ours;

have greater name recognition, critical mass and geographic market presence;

be better able to take advantage of acquisition opportunities;

devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their services and execution of their strategy;

13

Table of Contents
be better positioned to compete on price for their services;

have excess capacity, and be better able to utilize such excess capacity;

have greater direct buying power from component suppliers, distributors and raw material suppliers;

have lower cost structures as a result of their geographic location or the services they provide;

be willing or able to make sales or provide services at lower margins than we do;

have increased vertical capabilities providing them greater cost savings.

We also face competition from the manufacturing operations of our current and potential customers, who are continually evaluating the merits of manufacturing products internally against the advantages of outsourcing. In the past, some of our customers moved a portion of their manufacturing from us in order to more fully utilize their excess internal manufacturing capacity.

The actions of competitors and current and potential customers have and could cause a decline in our sales and/or compression of our profits.

Our business could be adversely affected by any delays, or increased costs, resulting from common carrier or transportation issues.

We rely on a variety of common carriers across the globe to transport our materials from our suppliers and to our customers. Problems suffered by any of these common carriers, including natural disaster, pandemic, labor problems, increased energy prices, or criminal activity, could result in shipping delays for products or materials, increased costs or other supply chain disruptions, and could therefore have a negative impact on our ability to receive products from suppliers and deliver products to customers, resulting in a material adverse effect on our operations.

We may not be able to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise.

Many of the markets for our manufacturing and engineering services are characterized by rapidly changing technology and evolving process development. The continued success of our business will depend upon our ability to:

hire, retain and expand our pool of qualified engineering and technical personnel;

maintain and continually improve our technological expertise;

develop and market manufacturing services that meet changing customer needs; and

anticipate and respond to technological changes in manufacturing processes on a cost-effective and timely basis.

Although we believe that our operations use the assembly and testing technologies, equipment and processes that are currently required by our customers, we cannot be certain that we will be able to maintain or develop the capabilities required by our customers in the future. The emergence of new technology, industry standards or customer requirements may render our equipment, inventory or processes obsolete or noncompetitive. The acquisition and implementation of new technologies and equipment and the offering of new or additional services to our customers may require significant expense or capital investment, which could reduce our operating margins and our operating results. In facilities that we newly establish or acquire, we may not be able to insert or maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing process expertise. Our failure to anticipate and adapt to our customers’ changing technological needs and requirements or to hire sufficient personnel to maintain our engineering, technological and manufacturing expertise could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

We depend on attracting and retaining officers, managers and skilled personnel.

Our success depends to a large extent upon the continued services of our officers, managers and skilled personnel. These employees are not generally bound by employment or non-competition agreements, and we cannot assure you that we will retain them. To aid in managing our growth and strengthening our pool of management and skilled personnel, we will need to internally develop, recruit and retain skilled management personnel. If we are not able to do so, our business and our ability to continue to grow could be harmed.

We depend on a limited number of suppliers for components that are

Efficient component and material purchasing is critical to our manufacturing processes.processes and contractual arrangements. A shortage of these components or an increase in their price could interrupt our operations and reduce our profit, increase our inventory carrying costs, increase our risk of exposure to inventory obsolescence and cause us to purchase components of a lesser quality.

14

Table of Contents
Strategic and efficient component and materials purchasing is an aspect of our strategy. When prices rise, they impact our margins and results of operations if we are not able to pass the increases through to our customers or otherwise offset them. Most of our significant long-term customer contracts permit quarterly or other periodic prospective adjustments to pricing based on decreases and increases in component prices and other factors; however, we typically bear the risk of component price increases that occur between any such re-pricings or, if such re-pricing is not permitted, during the balance of the term of the particular customer contract. There can be no assurance that we will continue to be able to purchase the components and materials needed to manufacture customer products at favorable prices. Accordingly, certain component price increases could adversely affect our gross profit margins and results of operations.

Almost all

Some of the products we manufacture require one or more components that are only available from a single source. Some of these components are subject to supply shortages from time to time. In some cases, supply shortages will substantially curtail production of all assemblies using a particular component. A supply shortage can also increase our cost of goods sold if we have to pay higher prices for components in limited supply, or cause us to have to redesign or reconfigure products to accommodate a substitute component. In the past there have been industry wide conditions, natural disasters and global events that have caused material shortages.shortagesand shortages from the COVID-19 pandemic are ongoing. Our production of a customer’s product could be negatively impacted by any quality, reliability or availability issues with any of our component suppliers. The financial condition of our suppliers could affect their ability to supply us with components and their ability to satisfy any warranty obligations they may have, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

If a component shortage is threatened or anticipated, we may purchase such components early to avoid a delay or interruption in our operations. Purchasing components early may cause us to incur additional inventory carrying costs and may cause us to experience inventory obsolescence, both of which may not be recoverable from our customers and could adversely affect our gross profit margins and net income. A component shortage may alsowill require us to look to second tier vendors or to procure components through brokers with whom we are not familiar. These components may be of lesser quality than those we have historically purchased and could cause us to incur costs to bring such components up to our quality levels or to replace defective ones. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and “Business – Components Procurement.”

We derive a substantial majority of our revenues from our international operations, which may beare subject to a number of different risks and often require more management time and expense than our domestic operations.

Our international operations are subject to a number of risks, including:

difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and attempting to ensure compliance with our policies, procedures, and applicable local laws;

less flexible employee relationships that can be difficult and expensive to terminate due to, among other things, labor laws and regulations;

rising labor costs (including the introduction or expansion of certain social programs), in particular within the lower-cost regions in which we operate, due to, among other things, demographic changes and economic development in those regions;

labor unrest and dissatisfaction, including potential labor strikes or claims;

increased scrutiny by the media and other third parties of labor practices within our industry (including working conditions, compliance with employment and labor laws and compensation) which may result in allegations of violations, more stringent and burdensome labor laws and regulations, higher labor costs and/or loss of revenues if our customers become dissatisfied with our labor practices and diminish or terminate their relationship with us;

burdens of complying with a wide variety of foreign laws, including those relating to export and import duties, domestic and foreign import and export controls, trade barriers (including tariffs and quotas), environmental policies and privacy issues, and local statutory corporate governance rules;

risk of non-compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) or similar regulations in other jurisdictions;

less favorable, less predictable, or relatively undefined, intellectual property laws;

lack of sufficient or available locations from which to operate or inability to renew leases on terms that are acceptable to us or at all;

15

Table of Contents
unexpected changes in regulatory requirements and laws or government or judicial interpretations of such regulatory requirements and laws and adverse trade policies, and adverse changes to any of the policies of either the U.S. or any of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate;

adverse changes in tax rates or accounting rules and the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws or accounting rules or restrictions on the transfer of funds to us from our operations outside the U.S.;

limitations on imports or exports of components or products, or other trade sanctions;
political and economic instability and unsafe working conditions;

risk of governmental expropriation of our property;

inadequate infrastructure for our operations (e.g., lack of adequate power, water, transportation and raw materials);

legal or political constraints on our ability to maintain or increase prices;

health concerns, epidemics and related government actions;

increased travel costs and difficulty in coordinating our communications and logistics across geographic distances and multiple time zones;

longer customer payment cycles and difficulty collecting trade accounts receivable;

fluctuations in currency exchange rates; and

economies that are emerging or developing or that may beare subject to greater currency volatility, negative growth, high inflation, limited availability of foreign exchange and other risks.risks;

higher potential for theft, misappropriation or unauthorized access to or use of technology, data or intellectual property; and
international trade disputes could result in tariffs and other protectionist measures that could adversely affect our business. Tariffs could increase the costs of the components and raw materials we use in the manufacturing process as well as import and export costs for finished products. Countries could adopt other protectionist measures that could limit our ability to manufacture products or provide services. Increased costs to our U.S. customers who use our non-U.S. manufacturing sites and components may adversely impact demand for our services and our results of operation and financial condition. Additionally, international trade disputes may cause our customers to decide to relocate the manufacturing of their products to another location, either within country, or into a new country.  Relocations may require considerable management time as well as expenses related to market, personnel and facilities development before any significant revenue is generated, which may negatively affect our margin.  Furthermore, there can be no assurance that all customer manufacturing needs can be met in available locations within the desired timeframe, or at all, which may cause us to lose business, which may negatively affect our financial condition and results of operation.

In particular, a significant portion of our manufacturing, design, support and storage operations are conducted in our facilities in China, and revenues associated with our China operations are important to our success. Therefore, our business, financial condition and results of operations may be materially adversely affected by economic, political, legal, regulatory, competitive, infrastructure and other factors in China. International trade disputes or political differences with China could result in tariffs and other measures that could adversely affect the Company’s business. The Chinese economy differs from the economies of most developed countries in many respects, including the level of government involvement and control over economic growth. In addition, our operations in China are governed by Chinese laws, rules and regulations, some of which are relatively new. The Chinese legal system continues to rapidly evolve, which may result in uncertainties with respect to the interpretation and enforcement of Chinese laws, rules and regulations that could have a material adverse effect on our business. China experiences high turnover of direct labor in the manufacturing sector due to the intensely competitive and fluid market for labor, and the retention of adequate labor is a challenge. If our labor turnover rates are higher than we expect, or we otherwise fail to adequately manage our labor needs, then our business and results of operations could be adversely affected. We are also subject to risks associated with our subsidiaries organized in China. For example, regulatory and registration requirements and government approvals affect the financing that we can provide to our subsidiaries. If we fail to receive required registrations and approvals to fund our subsidiaries organized in China, subsidiaries, or if our ability to remit currency out of China is limited, then our business and liquidity could be adversely affected.

These factors may harm our results of operations. Also, any measures that we may implement to reduce risks of our international operations may not be effective, may increase our expenses and may require significant management time and effort. Entry into new international markets requires considerable management time as well as start-up expenses related to
16

Table of Contents
market, personnel and facilities development before any significant revenue is generated. As a result, initial operations in a new market may operate at low margins or may be unprofitable.

Although we have implemented policies and procedures designed to cause compliance with the FCPA and similar laws, there can be no assurance that all of our employees and agents, as well as those companies to which we outsource certain of our business operations, will not take actions in violation of our policies which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

We have on occasion not achieved, and may not in the future achieve, expected profitability from our acquisitions.

We have in the past and will continue to seek and complete acquisitions. We cannot assure you that we will be able to successfully integrate the operations and management of our recent acquisitions. Similarly, we cannot assure you that we will be able to identify future strategic acquisitions and adequately conduct due diligence, consummate these potential acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, or if consummated, successfully integrate the operations and management of future acquisitions. Acquisitions involve significant risks, which could have a material adverse effect on us including:

Financial risks, such asas: (1) overpayment; (2) an increase in our expenses and working capital requirements; (3) exposure to liabilities of the acquired businesses, with contractually-based time and monetary limitations on a seller’s obligation to indemnify us; (4) integration costs or failure to achieve synergy targets; (5) incurrence of additional debt; (6) valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets; (7) possible adverse tax and accounting effects; (8) the risk that we acquire manufacturing facilities and assume significant contractual and other obligations with no guaranteed levels of revenue; (9) the risk that, in the future, we may have to close or sell acquired facilities at our cost, which may include substantial employee severance costs and asset write-offs, which have resulted, and may result, in our incurring significant losses; and (10) costs associated with environmental risks including fines, remediation and clean-up.

Operating risks, such asas: (1) the diversion of management’s attention and resources to the integration of the acquired businesses and their employees and to the management of expanding operations; (2) the risk that the acquired businesses will fail to maintain the quality of services that we have historically provided; (3) the need to implement financial and other systems and add management resources; (4) the need to maintain customer, supplier or other favorable business relationships of acquired operations and restructure or terminate unfavorable relationships; (5) the potential for deficiencies in internal controls of the acquired operations; (6) the inability to attract and retain the employees necessary to support the acquired businesses; (7) potential inexperience in a line of business that is either new to us or that has become materially more significant to us as a result of the transaction; (8) unforeseen difficulties (including any unanticipated liabilities) in the acquired operations; (9) the impact on us of any unionized work force we may acquire or any labor disruptions that might occur; (10) the possibility that the acquired business’s past transactions or practices before our acquisition may lead to future commercial or regulatory risks; (11) the difficulty of presenting a unified corporate image andimage; (12) the possibility that we will have unutilized capacity due to our acquisition activity.activity; (13) when acquiring an operation from a customer and continuing or entering into a supply arrangement, our inability to meet the expectations of the customer as to volume, product quality, timeliness and cost reductions.

Although we conduct what we believe to be a prudent level of due diligence regarding the businesses we purchase, in light of the circumstances of each transaction, an unavoidable level of risk remains regarding the actual condition of these businesses. Until we actually assume operating control of such businesses and their assets and operations, we may not be able to ascertain the actual value or understand the potential liabilities of the acquired entities and their operations.

Most of our acquisitions involve operations outside of the U.S., which are subject to various risks including those described in “Risk Factors – We derive a substantial majority of our revenue from our international operations, which may be subject to a number of risks and often require more management time and expense than our domestic operations.”

We have acquired and may continue to pursue the acquisition of manufacturing and supply chain management operations from our customers (or potential customers). In these acquisitions, the divesting company will typically enter into a supply arrangement with the acquirer. Therefore, our competitors often also pursue these acquisitions. In addition, certain divesting companies may choose not to offer to sell their operations to us because of our current supply arrangements with other companies or may require terms and conditions that may impact our profitability. If we are unable to attract and consummate some of these acquisition opportunities at favorable terms, our growth and profitability could be adversely impacted.

We have expanded the primary scope of our acquisitions strategy beyond focusing on acquisition opportunities presented by companies divesting internal manufacturing operations. As we continue to pursue acquisitions that diversify our business into new industry sectors with new customers and services, the amount and scope of the risks associated may extend beyond
17

Table of Contents
those that we have traditionally faced in making acquisitions. These risks include greater uncertainties in the financial benefits and potential liabilities associated with this expanded base of acquisitions.

We face risks arising from the restructuring of our operations.

Over the past several years, we have undertaken initiatives to restructure our business operations with the intention of improving utilization and realizing cost savings. These initiatives have included changing the number and location of our production facilities, largely to align our capacity and infrastructure with current and anticipated customer demand. The process of restructuring entails, among other activities, moving production between facilities, transferring programs from higher cost geographies to lower cost geographies, closing facilities, reducing the level of staff, realigning our business processes and reorganizing our management.

Restructurings could adversely affect us, including a decrease in employee morale, delays encountered in finalizing the scope of, and implementing, the restructurings, failure to achieve targeted cost savings, and failure to meet operational targets and customer requirements due to the restructuring process. These risks are further complicated by our extensive international operations, which subject us to different legal and regulatory requirements that govern the extent and speed of our ability to reduce our manufacturing capacity and workforce.

When financial markets experience significant turmoil,

Any delay in the financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repayimplementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our customers may be adversely affected.

Credit market turmoil could negatively impactcosts.

We are currently in the counterparties and lenders to our forward foreign exchange contracts, trade accounts receivable securitization and sale programs, unsecured credit and term loan facilities, various foreign subsidiary credit facilities and other debt facilities. These potential negative impacts could limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs or renew or obtain future additional financing. Credit market turmoil could also negatively impactprocess of completing the installation of an enterprise resource planning system in certain of our manufacturing facilities, which will replace the existing planning and financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.
Disruptions to our information systems, including security breaches, losses of data or outages, and other security issues, could adversely affect our operations.
We rely on information systems, some of which are owned and operated by third parties, to store, process and transmit confidential information, including financial reporting, inventory management, procurement, invoicing and electronic communications, belonging to our customers, our suppliers, our employees and/or us. We attempt to monitor and mitigate our exposure and modify our systems when warranted and we have implemented certain business continuity items including data backups at alternative sites. Nevertheless, these systems are vulnerable to, and at times have suffered from, among other things, damage from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, terrorist attacks, security breaches, cyberattacks and computer viruses. We regularly face attempts by others to access our information systems in an unauthorized manner, to introduce malicious software to such systems or both. The increased use of mobile technologies and the internet of things can heighten these and other operational risks. If we, or the third parties who own and operate certain of their respective customers, whichour information systems, are unable to prevent such breaches, losses of data and outages, our operations could cause thembe disrupted. Also, the time and funds spent on monitoring and mitigating our exposure and responding to reduce or cancel their ordersbreaches, including the training of employees, the purchase of protective technologies and have a negative effect onthe hiring of additional employees and consultants to assist in these efforts could adversely affect our resultsfinancial results. The increasing sophistication of operations.

Wecyberattacks requires us to continually evaluate the threat landscape and new technologies and processes intended to detect and prevent these attacks. There can offerbe no assurance that the security measures and systems configurations we choose to implement will be sufficient to protect the data we manage. Any theft or misuse of information resulting from a security breach could result in, among other things, loss of significant and/or sensitive information, litigation by affected parties, financial obligations resulting from such theft or misuse, higher insurance premiums, governmental investigations, negative reactions from current and potential future customers (including potential negative financial ramifications under the uncommitted trade accounts receivable sales programs that ifcertain customer contract provisions) and poor publicity and any of these could adversely affect our financial results. In addition, we attemptmust comply with increasingly complex regulations intended to sell receivables through such programsprotect business and personal data in the futureU.S. and elsewhere. Compliance with these regulations can be costly and any failure to comply could result in legal and reputational risks as well as penalties, fines and damages that we will receive funding from the associated banks, which would require us to utilize other available sources of liquidity, includingcould adversely affect our revolving credit facilities.

financial results.

Regulatory Risks
We are subject to increasingly extensive government regulations and industry standards;standards and the terms of complex contracts; a failure to comply with current and future regulations and standards, or the terms of our contractual arrangements, could have an adverse effect on our business, customer relationships, reputation and profitability.

We are subject to extensive government regulation and industry standards relating to the products we design and manufacture as well as how we conduct our business, including regulations and standards relating to labor and employment
18

Table of Contents
practices, workplace health and safety, the environment, sourcing and import/export practices, the market sectors we support, privacy and data protection, the regulations that apply to government contracts, and many other facets of our operations. The regulatory climate in the U.S. and other countries has become increasingly complex and fragmented, and regulatory activity has increased in recent periods. Failure or noncompliance with such regulations or standards could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations.

In addition, we regularly enter into a large number of complex contractual arrangements as well as operate pursuant to the terms of a significant number of ongoing intricate contractual arrangements. Our failure or our customers’ failure to comply with the terms of such arrangements could expose us to claims or other demands and could have an adverse effect on our reputation, customer relationships, profitability and results of operations.

If we manufacture products containing design or manufacturing defects, demand for our services may decline, our reputation may be damaged and we may be subject to liability claims.

Our customers’ products and the manufacturing processes and design services that we use to produce them often are highly complex. Defects in the products we manufacture or design, whether caused by a design, manufacturing or component failure or error, or deficiencies in our manufacturing processes, have occurred and may result in delayed shipments to customers or reduced or canceled customer orders. If these defects or deficiencies are significant, our business reputation may also be damaged. The failure of the products that we manufacture or of our manufacturing processes or facilities may subject us to regulatory enforcement, fines or penalties and, in some cases, require us to shut down, temporarily halt operations or incur considerable expense to correct a manufacturing process or facility. In addition, these defects have, and may in the future result in liability claims against us, expose us to liability to pay for the recall or remanufacture of a product or adversely affect product sales or our reputation. Even if our customers are responsible for the defects or defective specifications, they may not, or may not have resources to, assume responsibility for any costs or liabilities arising from these defects, which could expose us to additional liability claims. Any of these actions could increase our expenses, reduce our revenue or damage our reputation as a supplier to these customers.

We may face heightened liability risks specific to our medical device business as a result of additional healthcare regulatory related compliance requirements and the potential severe consequences (e.g., death or serious injury) that could result from manufacturing defects or malfunctions of the medical devices we manufacture or design.

As a manufacturerservice provider engaged in the business of designing and designer ofmanufacturing medical devices for our customers, we have compliance requirements in addition to those relating to other areas ofindustries we serve within our business. We are required to register with the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and are subject to periodic inspection by the FDA for compliance with the FDA’s Quality System Regulation (“QSR”) and, including current Good Manufacturing Practices (cGMP)(cGMPs). This regulation establishes requirements which requirefor manufacturers of medical devices to adhere to certain regulations and to implement design and process manufacturing controls, quality control, labeling, handling and documentation procedures. The FDA, through periodic inspections and product field monitoring, continually reviewspost-market surveillance, continuously and rigorously monitors compliance with these QSR requirements and other applicable regulatory requirements. If any FDA inspection reveals noncompliance, and we do not address the FDA’s concerns to its satisfaction, the FDA may elect to take enforcement action against us, including issuing inspection observations or a notice of violation or a warning letter, imposing fines, bringing an action against the Company and its officers, requiring a recall of the products we manufactured, issuing an import detention on products entering the U.S. from an offshore facility or temporarily halting operations at or shutting down a manufacturing facility.
Beyond the FDA, our medical device business is also subject to additionalapplicable state and foreign regulatory requirements. Within the European Union (“EU”), we are required to fulfill certain internationally recognized standards and must undergo periodic inspections to obtain and maintain certifications to these standards. Continued noncompliance to the EU regulations could stop the flow of products into the EU from us or from our customers. In China, the Safe Food and Drug Administration controls and regulates the manufacture and commerce of healthcare products. We must comply with the regulatory laws applicable to medical device manufactures or our ability to manufacture products in China could be impacted. In Japan, the Pharmaceutical Affairs Laws regulate the manufacture and commerce of healthcare products. These regulations also require that subcontractors manufacturing products intended for sale in Japan register with authorities and submit to regulatory audits. Other foreign countries where we operate have similar laws regarding the regulation of medical device manufacturing. In the event of any noncompliance with these requirements, interruption of our operations and/or ability to allow commerce in these markets could occur, which in turn could cause our reputation and business couldto suffer.

Compliance or the failure to comply with current and future environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws or regulations could cause us significant expense.

We are subject to a variety of federal, state, local and foreign environmental, health and safety, product stewardship and producer responsibility laws and regulations, including those arising from global pandemics or relating to the use, generation,
19

Table of Contents
storage, discharge and disposal of hazardous chemicals used during our manufacturing process, those governing worker health and safety, those requiring design changes, supply chain investigation or conformity assessments and those relating to the recycling or reuse of products we manufacture. If we fail to comply with any present or future regulations or timely obtain any needed permits, we could become subject to liabilities, and we could face fines or penalties, the suspension of production, or prohibitions on sales of products we manufacture. In addition, such regulations could restrict our ability to expand our facilities or could require us to acquire costly equipment, or to incur other significant expenses, including expenses associated with the recall of any non-compliant product or with changes in our operational, procurement and inventory management activities.

Certain environmental laws impose liability for the costs of investigation, removal and remediation of hazardous or toxic substances on an owner, occupier or operator of real estate, or on parties who arranged for hazardous substance treatment or disposal, even if such person or company was unaware of, or not responsible for, contamination at the affected site. Soil and groundwater contamination may have occurred at or near, or may have arisen from, some of our facilities. From time to time we investigate, remediate and monitor soil and groundwater contamination at certain of our operating sites. In certain instances where contamination existed prior to our ownership or occupation of a site, landlords or former owners have retained some contractual responsibility for contamination and remediation. However, failure of such persons to perform those obligations could result in us being required to address such contamination. As a result, we may incur clean-up costs in such potential removal or remediation efforts. In other instances, we may be responsible for clean-up costs and other liabilities, including the possibility of claims due to health risks by both employees and non-employees, as well as other third-party claims in connection with contaminated sites.

In addition, there is an increasing governmental focus around the world on global warming and environmental impact issues, which may result in new environmental, health and safety regulations that may affect us, our suppliers and our customers. This could cause us to incur additional direct costs for compliance, as well as increased indirect costs resulting from our customers, suppliers or both incurring additional compliance costs that get passed on to us. These costs may adversely impact our operations and financial condition.

We have limited insurance coverage for potential environmental liabilities associated with current operations and we do not anticipate increasing such coverage in the future.

Our manufacturing, production and design processes and services mayoperations result in exposure to intellectual property infringement and other claims.

Providing manufacturing services can


Our operations expose us to potential claims that products, designs or manufacturing processes we use infringe third party intellectual property rights. rights claims from third parties, some of whom may hold key intellectual property rights in areas in which we operate. Intellectual property clearance or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid intellectual property claims. Our customers or suppliers, or their customers or suppliers, could also become subject to intellectual property claims.

Even though many, but not all, of our manufacturing services contracts require our customersothers to indemnify usJabil for infringementintellectual property claims relating to their products, including associated product specifications and designs a particular customeror technology, any such party may not, or may not have the resources to, assume responsibility for such claims. In addition, weWe may be responsible for claims that our manufacturing processesservices, designs, technology and products, or components, used in manufacturingequipment or processes we supply or use, infringe, misappropriate or otherwise violate third party intellectual property rights. Providing turnkey design solutions, and designdesigns, technology and other services canmay expose us to different or greater potential liabilities than those we face providing justtraditional manufacturing services, includingservices. These liabilities may include an increase in exposure to potential claims that products we design or supply, or materials or components we use, infringe, third partymisappropriate or otherwise violate third-party intellectual property rights. InfringementCustomers for our services in which we provide significant design or technology contributions sometimes require that we indemnify them against risk of intellectual property claims.

If any intellectual property claims are brought, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in the defense or settlement of such claims, or in the defense or settlement of related indemnification claims. Intellectual property rights claims could subject us to significant liability for damages, potential injunctive action, or hamper our normal operations such as by interfering with the availability of components. Regardless of merits of any such claim, it could be time-consuming and expensive to resolve, andcomponents or have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. In the event of such a claim, we may spend significant amounts of money and effort to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining and maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. OurWe, or suppliers or customers, may be required to or decide to discontinue products that are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending infringement claims,or services, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position. These risks may be heightened in connection with our customer relationships with emerging companies.

Components we purchase, products we design and/or manufacture and/or services we provide may infringe the intellectual property rights of third parties, some of whom may hold key intellectual property rights in areas in which we operate. Our customers or suppliers could also become subject to infringement claims. Patent clearance or licensing activities, if any, may be inadequate to anticipate and avoid third party claims. Additionally, customers for our services in which we have significant technology contributions, typically require that we indemnify them against the risk of intellectual property infringement. If any claims are brought against our customers, our suppliers or us for such infringement, regardless of their merits, we could be required to expend significant resources in the defense or settlement of such claims, or in the defense or settlement of related indemnification claims. In the event of a claim, we may be required to spend significant amounts of money and effort to develop non-infringing alternatives or obtain and

maintain licenses. We may not be successful in developing such alternatives or obtaining or maintaining such licenses on reasonable terms or at all. We, our suppliers or our customers may be required to or decide to discontinue products which are alleged to be infringing rather than face continued costs of defending the infringement claims, and such discontinuance may result in a significant decrease in our business, and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

The success of certain aspects of our business depends in part on our ability to obtain, protect and leverage intellectual property rights.

20

Table of Contents
In certain circumstances, we strive to obtain and protect certain intellectual property rights related to solutions, designs, processes and products that we create. We believe that obtaining a significant level of protected proprietary technology may give us a competitive advantage. In addition to selectively relying on patent rights, we rely on unpatented proprietary know-how and trade secrets, and employ various methods, including non-disclosure agreements, with our customers, employees and suppliers and our internal security systems, policies and procedures to protect our know-how and trade secrets. However, we cannot be certain the measures we employ will result in protected intellectual property rights or will result in the prevention of unauthorized use of our technology. If we are unable to obtain and protect intellectual property rights embodied within our solutions, designs, processes and products, this could reduce or eliminate competitive advantages of our proprietary technology, which would harm our business and could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Even if we take steps to protect certain intellectual property rights, these mechanisms may not afford complete or sufficient protection, and misappropriation or unauthorized use may still occur. Further, there can be no assurance that we will be able to acquire or enforce our patent or other rights, if any, and that others will not independently develop similar know-how and trade secrets, or develop better production methodssolutions, designs, processes and products than us. We have not historically sought patent protection for many of our proprietary processes, designs or other patentable intellectual property. Further, we may not be able to prevent current andor former customers, employees, contractors and other parties from breaching non-disclosure agreements and misappropriating proprietary information. If any of the foregoing occur, it could impair our ability to compete, with others in our industry, result in a significant decrease in our business and/or could have material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial position.

Any delay in the implementation of our information systems could disrupt our operations and cause unanticipated increases in our costs.

We are currently in the process of completing the installation of an enterprise resource planning system in certain of our manufacturing facilities, which will replace the existing planning and financial information systems. Any delay in the implementation of these information systems could result in material adverse consequences, including disruption of operations, loss of information and unanticipated increases in costs.

Disruptions

Financial Risks
Exposure to our information systems, including security breaches, losses of datafinancially troubled customers or outages, and other security issues, could adversely affect our operations.

We rely on information systems, some of which are owned and operated by third parties, to store, process and transmit confidential information, including financial reporting, inventory management, procurement, invoicing and electronic communications, belonging to our customers, our suppliers our employees and/or us. We attempt to monitor and mitigate our exposure and modify our systems when warranted and we have implemented certain business continuity items including data backups at alternative sites. Nevertheless, these systems are vulnerable to, and at times have suffered from, among other things, damage from power loss or natural disasters, computer system and network failures, loss of telecommunication services, physical and electronic loss of data, terrorist attacks, security breaches and computer viruses. We regularly face attempts by others to access our information systems in an unauthorized manner, to introduce malicious software to such systems or both. The increased use of mobile technologies can heighten these and other operational risks. If we, or the third parties who own and operate certain of our information systems, are unable to prevent such breaches, losses of data and outages, our operations could be disrupted. Also, the time and funds spent on monitoring and mitigating our exposure and responding to breaches, including the training of employees, the purchase of protective technologies and the hiring of additional employees and consultants to assist in these efforts couldmay adversely affect our financial results. The increasing sophistication

We provide manufacturing services to companies and industries that have in the past, and may in the future, experience financial difficulty. When customers experience financial difficulty, we have difficulty recovering amounts owed to us from these customers, and demand for our products from these customers sometimes declines. Additionally, if our suppliers experience financial difficulty, we could have difficulty sourcing supplies necessary to fulfill production requirements. When one or more of cyberattacks requiresour customers becomes insolvent or otherwise is unable to pay for the services provided by us on a timely basis, or at all, our operating results and financial condition are adversely affected. Such adverse effects have included and may in the future include one or more of the following: an increase in our provision for doubtful accounts, a charge for inventory writeoffs, an impairment of contract assets, a reduction in revenue, and an increase in our working capital requirements due to higher inventory levels and increases in days our accounts receivable are outstanding. In addition, because we securitize certain of our accounts receivable, our securitization programs could be negatively affected by customer financial difficulty affecting the recovery of a significant amount of receivables.
When financial markets experience significant turmoil, the financial arrangements we may need to enter into, refinance or repay and our customers may be adversely affected.
Credit market turmoil could negatively impact the counterparties and lenders to our forward foreign exchange contracts, trade accounts receivable securitization and sale programs, unsecured credit and term loan facilities, commercial paper program, various foreign subsidiary credit facilities and other debt facilities. These potential negative impacts could limit our ability to borrow under these financing agreements, contracts, facilities and programs or renew or obtain future additional financing. Credit market turmoil could also negatively impact certain of our customers and certain of their respective customers, which could cause them to reduce or cancel their orders and have a negative effect on our results of operations.
We can offer no assurance under the uncommitted trade accounts receivable sales programs that if we attempt to sell receivables through such programs in the future that we will receive funding from the associated banks, which would require us to continually evaluate new technologies and processes intended to detect and prevent these attacks. There can be no assurance that the security measures we choose to implement will be sufficient to protect the data we manage. Finally, any theft or misuseutilize other available sources of information resulting from a security breach could result in, among other things, loss of significant and/or sensitive information, litigation by affected parties, financial obligations resulting from such theft or misuse, higher insurance premiums, governmental investigations, negative reactions from current and potential future customers (including potential negative financial ramifications under certain customer contract provisions) and poor publicity and any of these could adversely affectliquidity, including our financial results.

revolving credit facilities.

We are subject to the risk of increased taxes.

We base our tax position upon the anticipated nature and conduct of our business and upon our understanding of the tax laws of the various countries in which we have assets or conduct activities. Our tax position, however, is subject to review and possible challenge by taxing authorities and to possible changes in law (including adverse changes to the manner in which the U.S. and other countries tax multinational companies or interpret their tax laws). We cannot determine in advance the extent to which some

jurisdictions may assess additional tax or interest and penalties on such additional taxes. In addition, our effective tax rate may be increased by changes in the generationmix of higher income in countries with higher tax rates,earnings between jurisdictions, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in our cash management strategies, changes in local tax rates or countries adopting more aggressive interpretations of tax laws.

Refer to Note 5 – “Income Taxes” tolaws, or other legislative changes, including the Consolidated Financial Statements for detailsproposed Made in America tax plan, if enacted.

21

Table of the field examinations completed by the Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) of our tax returns for the fiscal years 2012 through 2014 and fiscal years 2009 through 2011 which resulted in proposed adjustments. While we currently believe that the resolution of these issues will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows, an unfavorable resolution could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and financial condition.

Contents

Several countries in which we are located allow for tax incentives to attract and retain business. We have obtained incentives where available and practicable. Our taxes could increase if certain tax incentives are retracted, which could occur if we are unable to satisfy the conditions on which such incentives are based, if they are not renewed upon expiration, or if tax rates applicable to us in such jurisdictions otherwise increase. It is not anticipated that any tax incentives will expire within the next year. However, dueDue to the possibility of changes in existing tax law and our operations, we are unable to predict how any expirations will impact us in the future. In addition, acquisitions may cause our effective tax rate to increase, depending on the jurisdictions in which the acquired operations are located.

Certain of our subsidiaries provide financing, products and services to, and may undertake certain significant transactions with, other subsidiaries in different jurisdictions. Several jurisdictions in which we operate have tax laws with detailed transfer pricing rules that require that all transactions with non-resident related parties be priced using arm’s length pricing principles, and that contemporaneous documentation must exist to support such pricing. There is a risk that the taxing authorities may not deem our transfer pricing documentation acceptable. In addition, the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development (“OECD”) released guidancecontinues to issue guidelines and proposals related to Base Erosion and Profit Shifting (“BEPS”) which may result in legislative changes that could reshape international tax rules in numerous countries and negatively impact our effective tax rate.

Our credit rating may be downgraded.

Our credit is and certain of our financial instruments and our commercial paper are rated by credit rating agencies. Any potential future negative change in our credit ratings may make it more expensive for us to raise additional capital on terms that are acceptable to us, if at all; negatively impact the price of our common stock; increase our interest payments under existing debt agreements; cause us to lose the ability to utilize our commercial paper program; and have other negative implications on our business, many of which are beyond our control. In addition, the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes and under the Credit Facility (as such terms are defined in 9Note 7 – “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements) is subject to adjustment from time to time if our credit ratings change. Thus, any potential future negative change in our credit rating may increase the interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes, the Credit Facility and certain of our other borrowings.

Our amount of debt could significantly increase in the future.

The Company has a number of debt facilities. Refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 97 – “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Should we desire to consummate significant additional acquisition opportunities, undertake significant additional expansion activities, or make substantial investments in our infrastructure or enter into a stock repurchase program,in support of customer opportunities, our capital needs would increase and could possibly result in our need to increase available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities or access public or private debt and equity markets. There can be no assurance, however, that we would be successful in raising additional debt or equity on terms that we would consider acceptable. An increase in the level of our indebtedness, among other things, could:

make it difficult for us to obtain any necessary financing in the future for other acquisitions, working capital, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes;

limit our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to changes in, our business;

make us more vulnerable in the event of a downturn in our business; and

impact certain financial covenants that we are subject to in connection with our debt and asset-backed securitization programs.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to meet future debt service obligations.

An adverse change in the interest rates for our borrowings could adversely affect our financial condition.

We pay interest on outstanding borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and certain other long term debt obligations at interest rates that fluctuate based upon changes in various base interest rates. An adverse change in the base rates upon which our interest rates are determined could have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations and cash flows. If certain economic or fiscal issues occur, interest rates could rise, which would increase our interest costs and reduce our net income. Also, increased interest rates could make any future fixed interest rate debt obligations more expensive.

In addition, the U. K.’s Financial Conduct Authority, which regulates LIBOR, announced that it intends to phase out LIBOR by the end of 2021, though the ICE Benchmark Administration, the administrator of LIBOR, announced that it would consider ceasing the publication of the one week and two-month U.S. dollar LIBOR settings at the end of 2021 and phase out the remaining U.S. dollar LIBOR settings by June 30, 2023.The transition from LIBOR to a new replacement benchmark is
22

Table of Contents
uncertain at this time and the consequences of such developments cannot be entirely predicted but could result in an increase in the cost of borrowings on our variable rate debt, which could adversely impact our interest expense, results of operations and cash flows.
We are subject to risks of currency fluctuations and related hedging operations.

Although a significant number of our operations are located outside the United States, the majority of our business is conducted in U.S. dollars. Changes in exchange rates will affect our net revenue, cost of sales, operating margins and net income. We cannot predict the impact of future exchange rate fluctuations. We use financial instruments, primarily forward contracts, to hedge our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations. We believe that our hedging activities enable us to largely protect ourselves from future exchange rate fluctuations. If, however, these hedging activities are not successful, if the counterparties to these hedging activities default on their obligations to us or if we change or reduce these hedging activities in the future, we may experience significant unexpected expenses from fluctuations in exchange rates. In addition, certain countries in which we operate have adopted, or may adopt, currency controls requiring that local transactions be settled only in local currency. Such controls could require us to hedge larger amounts of local currency than we have in the past.

Energy price increases may negatively impact our results of operations.

Certain of the components that we use in our manufacturing activities are petroleum-based. In addition, we, along with our suppliers and customers, rely on various energy sources (including oil) in our facilities and transportation activities. An increase in energy prices, which have been volatile historically, could cause an increase in our raw material costs and transportation costs. In addition, increased transportation costs of certain of our suppliers and customers could be passed along to us. We may not be able to increase our product prices enough to offset these increased costs. In addition, any increase in our product prices may reduce our future customer orders and profitability.

An impairment in the value of our assets would reduce the value of our assets and reduce our net income in the year in which the write-off occurs.
We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. We perform a goodwill impairment analysis on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired. Refer to note 6 to the consolidated financial statements for further discussion of the impairment testing of goodwill and identifiable intangible assets. A decline in general economic conditions or global equity valuations could impact the judgments and assumptions about the fair value of our businesses and we could be required to record impairment charges on our goodwill or other identifiable intangible assets in the future, which could impact our consolidated balance sheet, as well as our consolidated statement of operations.
General Risk Factors
Changes in financial accounting standards or policies have affected, and in the future may affect, our reported financial condition or results of operations.
We prepare our financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. These principles are subject to interpretation by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB), the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, the SEC and various bodies formed to interpret and create appropriate accounting policies. A change in these policies can have a significant effect on our reported results and may affect our reporting of transactions that are completed before a change is announced. Changes to those rules or questions as to how we interpret or implement them may have a material adverse effect on our reported financial results or on the way we conduct business. For example, significant changes to revenue recognition rules have been adopted and first applied to us in fiscal year 2019.
We are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, climate change and global events.

Our operations and those of our customers and suppliers have been and may again be subject to natural disasters, climate change-related events, pandemics or other business disruptions, which could seriously harm our results of operation and increase our costs and expenses. We are susceptible to losses and interruptions caused by hurricanes (including in Florida, where our headquarters are located), earthquakes, power shortages, telecommunications failures, water or other natural resource shortages, tsunamis, floods, typhoons, drought, fire, extreme weather conditions, rising sea level, geopolitical events such as direct or indirect terrorist acts or acts of war, other natural or manmade disasters, boycotts and sanctions or widespread criminal activities. Such events could make it difficult or impossible to manufacture or to deliver products to our customers, receive production materials from our suppliers, or perform critical functions, which could adversely affect our business globally or in certain regions. While we maintain similar manufacturing capacities at different locations and coordinate multi-source supplier
23

Table of Contents
programs on many of our materials, which we believe better enables us to respond to these types of events, we cannot be sure that our plans will fully protect us from all such disruptions. Our insurance coverage with respect to natural disasters is limited and is subject to deductibles and coverage limits. Such coverage may not be adequate, or may not continue to be available at commercially reasonable rates and terms.

While we manufacture our products in a large number of diversified facilities and maintain insurance covering our facilities, including business interruption insurance, a catastrophic loss of the use of all or a portion of one of our key manufacturing facilities due to accident, labor issues, weather conditions, natural disaster or otherwise, whether short- or long-term, could have a material adverse effect on us.

24

Table of Contents
Item 1B.Unresolved1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

There are no unresolved written comments from the SEC staff regarding our periodic or current reports.

Item 2.Properties

2. Properties

We own or lease facilities located primarily in the countriesgeographies listed below. We believe that our properties are generally in good condition, are well maintained and are generally suitable and adequate to carry out our business at expected capacity for the foreseeable future. The majority of the square footage is active manufacturing space and are reported in both the EMS and DMS operating segments, as both use these properties. Our corporate headquarters is located in St. Petersburg, Florida.
The table below lists the approximate square footage for our facilities as of August 31, 2017:

2021 (in millions):

Location

Approximate

Square Footage

Description of Use

Austria

Asia
34 93,000Manufacturing, Design

Belgium

Americas
16 66,000Design

Brazil(2)

Europe
287,000Manufacturing

Canada

12,000Design

China(2), (3)

21,955,000Manufacturing, Prototype Manufacturing, Design, Support, Storage

Finland

12,000Design

France

100,000Manufacturing

Germany

223,000Design, Manufacturing, Support

Hungary(2)

1,207,000Manufacturing, Storage

India(1)

641,000Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Indonesia

210,000Manufacturing

Ireland

353,000Manufacturing

Israel

130,000Manufacturing

Italy

331,000Manufacturing, Storage

Japan

63,000Manufacturing, Support

Malaysia

1,360,000Manufacturing, Support, Storage

Mexico

3,304,000Manufacturing, Support, Storage

The Netherlands

420,000Manufacturing

Poland

705,000Manufacturing, Storage

Russia(2)

64,000Manufacturing

Scotland(2)

143,000Manufacturing, Support

Singapore

214,000Manufacturing, Design, Storage, Support

South Africa(2)

32,000Manufacturing, Support

South Korea

1,000Support

Spain

807,000Manufacturing, Storage, Design, Support

Taiwan

1,185,000Manufacturing, Design, Support

Ukraine

225,000Manufacturing

United States(2)

7,637,000Manufacturing, Prototype Manufacturing, Design, Prototype Design, Support, Storage

Vietnam

292,000Manufacturing

Total as of August 31, 2017

2021
(1)(2)
55 42,072,000

As

(1)Approximately 12% of August 31, 2017, our facilities consisttotal square footage is not currently used in business operations.
(2)Consists of 18,523,00019 million square feet in facilities that we own with the remaining 23,549,00036 million square feet in leased facilities. The majority of the square footage in the table above is active manufacturing space. The properties listed in the table above are reported in both the EMS and DMS operating segments, as both segments use these properties.
Our manufacturing facilities are ISO certified to ISO 9001:2008 standards and most are also certified to ISO-14001:2004 environmental standards.

(1)The facility located in Chennai, India is no longer used in our business operations.
(2)A portion of the facilities located in Manaus and Valinhos, Brazil; Wuhan and Yantai, China; Colorado Springs, Colorado; St. Petersburg, Florida; Babolna, Korosladany and Nagyimand Hungary; Hanover Park, Illinois; Chaska, Minnesota; Tver, Russia; Livingston, Scotland; Black River and Midrand, South Africa; and Memphis, Tennessee are no longer used in business operations.
(3)The properties in China include approximately 5.9 million square feet of leased property in Chengdu, approximately 4.4 million square feet of property in Huangpu (of which approximately 2.6 million is owned and approximately 1.8 million is leased) and approximately 5.5 million square feet of property in Wuxi (of which approximately 4.8 million is leased and 0.7 million is owned). Approximately 0.7 million square feet of the Chengdu facility is under construction, thus it is not currently used in our business operations.

Item 3.Legal3. Legal Proceedings

We are party

See the discussion in Note 18 - “Commitments and Contingencies” to certain lawsuits in the ordinary course of business. We do not believe that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Consolidated Financial Statements.

Item 4.Mine4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

25

Table of Contents
PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information and Dividends
Our common stock trades on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “JBL.” The following table sets forth the high and low intraday sales prices per share for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange for the fiscal periods indicated:

   High   Low 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2017

    

First Quarter (September 1, 2016 – November 30, 2016)

  $23.85   $20.32 

Second Quarter (December 1, 2016 – February 28, 2017)

  $26.34   $20.43 

Third Quarter (March 1, 2017 – May 31, 2017)

  $30.00   $25.69 

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2017 – August 31, 2017)

  $31.70   $28.27 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

    

First Quarter (September 1, 2015 – November 30, 2015)

  $25.69   $18.43 

Second Quarter (December 1, 2015 – February 29, 2016)

  $26.00   $18.09 

Third Quarter (March 1, 2016 – May 31, 2016)

  $22.00   $16.78 

Fourth Quarter (June 1, 2016 – August 31, 2016)

  $21.25   $17.27 

On October 10, 2017, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $28.57. AsSee discussion of October 10, 2017, there were 1,444 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.

Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.

Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to our cash dividends declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 2017 and 2016:

Dividend Information

   Dividend
Declaration Date
  Dividend
per Share
   Total of Cash
Dividends
Declared
   Date of Record for
Dividend Payment
  Dividend Cash
Payment Date
   (in thousands, except for per share data)

Fiscal year 2017:

  October 20, 2016  $0.08   $15,248   November 15, 2016  December 1, 2016
  January 26, 2017  $0.08   $15,051   February 15, 2017  March 1, 2017
  April 20, 2017  $0.08   $14,840   May 15, 2017  June 1, 2017
  July 20, 2017  $0.08   $14,698   August 15, 2017  September 1, 2017

Fiscal year 2016:

  October 14, 2015  $0.08   $15,906   November 16, 2015  December 1, 2015
  January 21, 2016  $0.08   $15,947   February 16, 2016  March 1, 2016
  April 21, 2016  $0.08   $15,940   May 16, 2016  June 1, 2016
  July 21, 2016  $0.08   $15,575   August 15, 2016  September 1, 2016

shareholders in Note 12 - “Stockholders’ Equity” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

We expect to continue to declare and pay quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

performance and global economic conditions.

On October 14, 2021, the closing sales price for our common stock as reported on the New York Stock Exchange was $62.97. As of October 14, 2021, there were 1,207 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers, and other financial institutions.
Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information set forth in Item 12 of Part III of this report.
Stock Performance Graph

The performance graph and table show a comparison of cumulative total stockholder return, assuming the reinvestment of dividends, from a $100 investment in the common stock of Jabil over the five-year period ending August 31, 2017,2021, with the cumulative stockholder return of the (1) S&P MidCap 400 Index and (2) Peerpeer group thatwhich includes Celestica Inc., Catcher Technology Co., Ltd, Flextronics InternationalFlex Ltd., Hon-Hai Precision Industry Co. Ltd, Plexus Corp., and Sanmina Corp.

August 31

  2012   2013   2014   2015   2016   2017 

Jabil Inc.

   100    102    98    89    99    149 

S&P 400 Index – Total Returns

   100    124    152    152    171    192 

Peer Group

   100    105    164    144    149    238 

Comparison of 5 Year Cumulative Total Return
jbl-20210831_g2.jpg
August 31201620172018201920202021
Jabil Inc.$100 $150 $143 $141 $169 $307 
S&P MidCap 400 Index – Total Returns$100 $112 $135 $126 $132 $190 
Peer Group$100 $157 $114 $89 $102 $161 
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information relating to our repurchase of common stock during the three months ended August 31, 2017:

Period

  Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
   Average Price
Paid per Share
   Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Program(1)(2)
   Approximate
Dollar Value of
Shares that May
Yet Be Purchased
Under the Program
(in thousands)
 

June 1, 2017 – June 30, 2017

   521,962   $29.75    508,000   $54,276 

July 1, 2017 – July 31, 2017

   1,060,826   $29.89    1,051,600   $472,854 

August 1, 2017 – August 31, 2017

   763,140   $30.06    762,772   $449,928 
  

 

 

     

 

 

   

Total

   2,345,928   $29.91    2,322,372   

2021:
26

Table of Contents
Period
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased(1)
Average Price
Paid per Share
Total Number of
Shares Purchased
as Part of Publicly
Announced Program(2)(3)
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Program
(in millions)(2)(3)
June 1, 2021 - June 30, 20211,034,236 $56.75 1,034,236 $66 
July 1, 2021 - July 31, 2021900,245 $56.31 891,375 $1,015 
August 1, 2021 - August 31, 2021959,938 $59.72 959,820 $958 
Total2,894,419 $57.60 2,885,431 
(1)The purchases include amounts that are attributable to shares surrendered to us by employees to satisfy, in connection with the vesting of restricted stock awards
(1)The purchases include amounts that are attributable to 8,988 shares surrendered to us by employees to satisfy, in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units and the exercise of stock options and stock appreciation rights, their tax withholding obligations.
(2)In September 2019, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $600 million of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release on September 24, 2019 (the “2020 Share Repurchase Program”). No authorization remains under the 2020 Share Repurchase Program as of August 31, 2021.
(3)In July 2021, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $1.0 billion of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release on July 23, 2021 (the “2022 Share Repurchase Program”).



Item 6. [Reserved]
(2)In June 2016, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $400.0 million of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release issued on June 15, 2016. During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017, we repurchased 2.3 million shares, which utilized the remaining amount of the $400.0 million authorization.

(3)In July 2017, our Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $450.0 million of our common stock as publicly announced in a press release issued on July 20, 2017 (the “2017 Share Repurchase Program”). The share repurchase program expires on August 31, 2018.

27

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following selected data is derived from our Consolidated Financial Statements. This data should be read in conjunction with the Consolidated Financial Statements and notes thereto incorporated into Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” and with Item 7, “Management’s Discussion and AnalysisTable of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015  2014  2013 
   (in thousands, except for per share data) 

Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:

      

Net revenue

  $19,063,121  $18,353,086  $17,899,196  $15,762,146  $17,249,493 

Cost of revenue

   17,517,478   16,825,382   16,395,978   14,736,543   16,037,303 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   1,545,643   1,527,704   1,503,218   1,025,603   1,212,190 

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative

   907,702   924,427   862,647   675,730   614,295 

Research and development

   29,680   31,954   27,645   28,611   28,412 

Amortization of intangibles

   35,524   37,121   24,449   23,857   10,954 

Restructuring and related charges

   160,395   11,369   33,066   85,369   80,513 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   2,112   —     —     7,962   —   

Impairment of notes receivable and related charges

   —     —     —     —     25,597 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   410,230   522,833   555,411   204,074   452,419 

Other expense

   28,448   8,380   5,627   7,637   6,095 

Interest income

   (12,525  (9,128  (9,953  (3,741  (1,813

Interest expense

   138,074   136,536   128,091   128,055   121,023 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

   256,233   387,045   431,646   72,123   327,114 

Income tax expense

   129,066   132,149   137,461   73,711   7,631 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

   127,167   254,896   294,185   (1,588  319,483 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

      

(Loss) income from discontinued operations, net of tax

   —     —     (7,698  20,554   50,608 

(Loss) gain on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

   —     —     (875  223,299   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   —     —     (8,573  243,853   50,608 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   127,167   254,896   285,612   242,265   370,091 

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

   (1,923  801   1,593   952   (1,391
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $129,090  $254,095  $284,019  $241,313  $371,482 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.:

      

Basic:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

  $0.71  $1.33  $1.51  $(0.01 $1.58 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

  $0.00  $0.00  $(0.04 $1.20  $0.25 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $0.71  $1.33  $1.47  $1.19  $1.83 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted:

      

Income (loss) from continuing operations, net of tax

  $0.69  $1.32  $1.49  $(0.01 $1.54 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

  $0.00  $0.00  $(0.04 $1.20  $0.24 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $0.69  $1.32  $1.45  $1.19  $1.79 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

      

Basic

   181,902   190,413   193,689   202,497   203,096 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   185,838   192,750   196,005   202,497   207,815 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   August 31, 
   2017  2016   2015   2014   2013 
   (in thousands) 

Consolidated Balance Sheets Data:

         

Working capital

  $(243,910 $280,325   $191,168   $1,037,920   $955,811 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total assets

  $11,095,995  $10,322,677   $9,591,600   $8,479,746   $9,153,781 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

  $445,498  $45,810   $322,966   $12,960   $215,448 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

  $1,632,592  $2,074,012   $1,335,818   $1,669,585   $1,690,418 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity

  $2,353,514  $2,438,171   $2,314,856   $2,241,828   $2,335,287 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared, per share

  $0.32  $0.32   $0.32   $0.32   $0.32 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Contents

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We are one of the leading providers of worldwide manufacturing services and solutions. We provide comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotivevarious industries and transportation, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale and printing industries.

end markets. We derive substantially all of our revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompass the act of producing tangible components that are built to customer specifications and are then provided to the customer.

We have two reporting segments: Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), which are organized based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles. Our EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, utilizing our large scale manufacturing infrastructure and our ability to serve a broad range of end markets. Our EMS segment is typically a lower-margin but high volume business that produces product at a quicker rate (i.e. cycle time) and in larger quantities and includes customers primarily in the automotive5G, wireless and transportation, capital equipment, computingcloud, digital print and storage, digital home,retail, industrial and energy,semi-cap, and networking and telecommunications, point of sale and printingstorage industries. Our DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions, with an emphasis on material sciences, technologies and technologies.healthcare. Our DMS segment is typically a higher-margin business and includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestylesautomotive and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace,transportation, connected devices, healthcare mobility and packaging, and mobility industries.


As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within our operating segments. Our operating segments, which are the reporting segments, continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are now presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.
Our cost of revenue includes the cost of electronic components and other materials that comprise the products we manufacture; the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead; and adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory. As a provider of turnkey manufacturing services, we are responsible for procuring components and other materials. This requires us to commit significant working capital to our operations and to manage the purchasing, receiving, inspecting and stocking of materials. At times, we collect deposits from our customers related to the purchase of inventory in order to effectively manage our working capital. Although we bear the risk of fluctuations in the cost of materials and excess scrap, our ability to purchase components and materials efficiently may contribute significantly to our operating results. While we periodically negotiate cost of materials adjustments with our customers.customers, rising component and material prices may negatively affect our margins. Net revenue from each product that we manufacture consists of an element based on the costs of materials in that product and an element based on the labor and manufacturing overhead costs allocated to that product. Our gross margin for any product depends on the mix between the cost of materials in the product and the cost of labor and manufacturing overhead allocated to the product.

Our operating results are impacted by the level of capacity utilization of manufacturing facilities; indirect labor costs; and selling, general and administrative expenses. Operating income margins have generally improved during periods of high production volume and high capacity utilization. During periods of low production volume, we generally have idle capacity and reduced operating income margins.

We monitor the current economic environment and its potential impact on both the customers we serve as well as our end-marketsend markets and closely manage our costs and capital resources so that we can try to respond appropriately as circumstances change.

We have consistently utilized advanced circuit design, production design and manufacturing technologies to meet the needs of our customers. To support this effort, our engineering staff focuses on developing and refining design and manufacturing technologies to meet specific needs of specific customers. Most of the expenses associated with these customer-specific efforts are reflected in our cost of revenue. In addition, our engineers engage in research and development (“R&D”) of new technologies that apply generally to our operations. The expenses of these R&D activities are reflected in the research and development line item within our Consolidated Statement of Operations.

An important element of our strategy is the expansion of our global production facilities. The majority of our revenue and materials costs worldwide are denominated in U.S. dollars, while our labor and utility costs in operations outside the U.S. are denominated in local currencies. We economically hedge certain of these local currency costs, based on our evaluation of the potential exposure as compared to the cost of the hedge, through the purchase of foreign currency exchange contracts. Changes
28

Table of Contents
in the fair market value of such hedging instruments are reflected within the Consolidated Statement of Operations and the Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income.

See Note 13 – “Concentration of Risk and Segment Data” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

In September 2017,

COVID-19
The COVID-19 pandemic, which began to impact us in January 2020, has continued to affect our business and the businesses of our customers and suppliers. Travel and business operation restrictions arising from virus containment efforts of governments around the world have continued to impact our operations in Cayey, Puerto Rico received significant hurricane damage. WhileAsia, Europe and the Americas. Essential activity exceptions from these restrictions have allowed us to continue to operate but virus containment efforts have resulted in additional direct costs.
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, we are still assessing the impact to our operations, we anticipate asset impairments andincurred approximately $142 million in direct costs associated with business interruptions during the first half of fiscal year 2018. We also expect that the majority of these costs will ultimately be offset by insurance coverage.

Summary of Results

Net revenues for fiscal year 2017 increased approximately 3.9% to $19.1 billion compared to $18.4 billion for fiscal year 2016COVID-19 outbreak, primarily due to increased revenues dueincremental and idle labor costs and the procurement of personal protection equipment for our employees globally. This increase in costs was partially offset by governmental subsidies, such as lower payroll taxes or social insurance in certain countries, related to new business from existing customersCOVID-19 incentives.

The impact on our suppliers has led to supply chain constraints, including difficulty sourcing materials necessary to fulfill customer production requirements and challenges in transporting completed products to our consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies business, and new business from existing customers in our healthcare and mobility businesses.

end customers.

Summary of Results
The following table sets forth, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015,periods indicated, certain key operating results and other financial information (in thousands,millions, except per share data):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Net revenue

  $19,063,121   $18,353,086   $17,899,196 

Gross profit

  $1,545,643   $1,527,704   $1,503,218 

Operating income

  $410,230   $522,833   $555,411 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $129,090   $254,095   $284,019 

Net earnings per share - basic

  $0.71   $1.33   $1.47 

Net earnings per share - diluted

  $0.69   $1.32   $1.45 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net revenue$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 
Gross profit$2,359 $1,931 $1,913 
Operating income$1,055 $500 $701 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.$696 $54 $287 
Earnings per share – basic$4.69 $0.36 $1.85 
Earnings per share – diluted$4.58 $0.35 $1.81 
Key Performance Indicators

Management regularly reviews financial and non-financial performance indicators to assess the Company’s operating results. Changes in our operating assets and liabilities are largely affected by our working capital requirements, which are dependent on the effective management of our sales cycle as well as timing of payments. Our sales cycle measures how quickly we can convert our manufacturing services into cash through sales. We believe the metrics set forth below are useful to investors in measuring our liquidity as future liquidity needs will depend on fluctuations in levels of inventory, accounts receivable and accounts payable.
The following table sets forth, for the quarterly periods indicated, certain of management’s key financial performance indicators:

   Three Months Ended 
   August 31,   May 31,   February 28,   November 30, 
   2017   2017   2017   2016 

Sales cycle(1)

   0 days    9 days    11 days    1 day 

Inventory turns (annualized)

   6 turns    6 turns    7 turns    7 turns 

Days in accounts receivable(2)

   25 days    29 days    29 days    27 days 

Days in inventory(3)

   58 days    59 days    55 days    48 days 

Days in accounts payable(4)

   83 days    79 days    73 days    74 days 
   Three Months Ended 
   August 31,   May 31,   February 29,   November 30, 
   2016   2016   2016   2015 

Sales cycle(1)

   3 days    7 days    13 days    6 days 

Inventory turns (annualized)

   7 turns    7 turns    7 turns    8 turns 

Days in accounts receivable

   28 days    27 days    30 days    29 days 

Days in inventory

   54 days    52 days    51 days    48 days 

Days in accounts payable(4)

   79 days    72 days    68 days    71 days 

(1)The sales
Three Months Ended
August 31, 2021May 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Sales cycle is calculated as the sum of(1)
19 days25 days 16 days
Inventory turns (annualized)(2)
5 turns5 turns6 turns
Days in accounts receivable and(3)
38 days40 days 35 days
Days in inventory less the(4)
71 days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators.68 days56 days
(2)During the three months ended August 31, 2017, the decrease in days in accounts receivable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to the timing of sales and collections activity.
(3)During the three months ended February 28, 2017, days in inventory increased as compared to the prior sequential quarter: (i) as a result of lower production in the DMS segment due to reduced consumer demand in the mobility business and (ii) to support expected revenue levels in the third quarter of fiscal year 2017.
(4)During the three months ended August 31, 2017, the increase in days
Days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to higher materials purchases during the quarter due to increased demand in the mobility business as well as the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the quarter. During the three months ended May 31, 2017, the increase in(5)
90 days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases during the quarter. During the three months ended August 31, 2016, the increase in84 days in accounts payable from the prior sequential quarter was primarily due to the timing of purchases and cash payments for purchases and higher materials purchases during the quarter. 75 days

(1)The sales cycle is calculated as the sum of days in accounts receivable and days in inventory, less the days in accounts payable; accordingly, the variance in the sales cycle quarter over quarter is a direct result of changes in these indicators.
(2)Inventory turns (annualized) are calculated as 360 days divided by days in inventory.
29

Table of Contents
(3)Days in accounts receivable is calculated as accounts receivable, net, divided by net revenue multiplied by 90 days. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in accounts receivable from the three months ended August 31, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in accounts receivable, primarily driven by higher sales and the timing of collections. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the decrease in days in accounts receivable from the prior sequential quarter was driven primarily by the timing of collections.
(4)Days in inventory is calculated as inventory and contract assets divided by cost of revenue multiplied by 90 days. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in inventory from the three months ended August 31, 2020 was primarily to support expected sales levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 2022 and supply-chain constraints as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in inventory from the prior sequential quarter was primarily driven by supply-chain constraints as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic.
(5)Days in accounts payable is calculated as accounts payable divided by cost of revenue multiplied by 90 days. During the three months ended August 31, 2021, the increase in days in accounts payable from the three months ended May 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020 was primarily due to an increase in materials purchases and timing of payments.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements and related disclosures in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect our reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. On an on-going basis, we evaluate our estimates and assumptions based upon historical experience and various other factors and circumstances. Management believes that our estimates and assumptions are reasonable under the circumstances; however, actual results may vary from these

estimates and assumptions under different future circumstances. We have identified the following critical accounting policies that affect the more significant judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements. For further discussion of our significant accounting policies, refer to Note 1 – “Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Revenue Recognition

We derive substantially all

For our over time customers, we believe the measure of progress which best depicts the transfer of control is based on costs incurred to date, relative to total estimated cost at completion (i.e., an input method). This method is a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services because it results in the recognition of revenue on the basis of our revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompassesto-date efforts in the actsatisfaction of producing tangible components that are built to customer specifications, which are then provideda performance obligation relative to the customer.total expected efforts in the satisfaction of the performance obligation. We believe that the use of an input method best depicts the transfer of control to the customer, which occurs as we incur costs on our contracts. The transaction price of each performance obligation is generally based upon the contractual stand-alone selling price of the product or service.
Certain contracts with customers include variable consideration, such as periodic cost of materials adjustments, rebates, discounts, or returns. We recognize manufacturing services revenue when such tangible componentsestimates of this variable consideration that are shipped to or the goods are received by the customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured (net of estimated returns). We also derive revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. Upfront payments from customers are recorded upon receipt as deferred income and are recognized as revenue as the related manufacturing services are provided.

Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

We maintain an allowance for doubtful accounts related to receivables not expected to be collected from our customers. This allowance isresult in a significant revenue reversal in the future, primarily based on management’s assessmentthe most likely level of consideration to be paid to the customer under the specific customer balances after considering the age of receivables and financial stabilityterms of the customer. If there is an adverse change in the financial condition and circumstances of our customers, or if actual defaults are higher than provided for, an addition to the allowance may be necessary.

underlying programs.

Inventory Valuation

We purchase inventory based on forecasted demand and record inventory at the lower of cost or market.and net realizable value. Management regularly assesses inventory valuation based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost or marketand net realizable value considerations. If actual market conditions or our customers’ product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Long-Lived Assets

We review property, plant and equipment and amortizable intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of property, plant and equipment is measured by comparing its carrying value to the undiscounted projected cash flows that the asset(s) or asset group(s) are expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or an asset group is not recoverable, we recognize an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as either the present value of estimated future cash flows or the appraised value. The impairment analysis is based on significant assumptions of future results made by management, including revenue and cash flow projections. Circumstances that may lead to impairment of property, plant and equipment include unforeseen decreases in future
30

Table of Contents
performance or industry demand and the restructuring of our operations resulting from a change in our business strategy or adverse economic conditions. For further discussion of our current restructuring program, refer to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Results of Operations – Restructuring and Related Charges.”

We have recorded intangible assets, including goodwill, in connection with business acquisitions. Estimated useful lives of amortizable intangible assets are determined by management based on an assessment of the period over which the asset is expected to contribute to future cash flows. The fair value of acquired amortizable intangible assets impacts the amounts recorded as goodwill.

We perform a goodwill impairment analysis using the two-step method on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, the recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. We determine the fair value of our reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second testloss is performed to measurerecognized in the amount of loss, if any.

equal to that excess.

We perform an indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment analysis on an annual basis and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. The recoverability ofCompany may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible assetsis impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible exceeds the carrying value, the recoverability is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the fair value. We determine the fair value of our indefinite-lived intangible assets principally based on a variation of the income approach, known as the relief from royalty method. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired.

We completed our annual impairment testanalysis for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 20172021. The qualitative assessment was used for all reporting units and we determined that it is more likely than not that the fair values of our reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets are substantially in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test. Significant judgments inherent in this analysis included assumptions regarding appropriate revenue growth rates, discount rates and royalty rates.

analysis.

Income Taxes

We estimate our income tax provision in each of the jurisdictions in which we operate, a process that includes estimating exposures related to examinations by taxing authorities. We must also make judgments regarding the ability to realize deferred tax assets. The carrying value of our net deferred tax assets is based on our belief that it is more likely than not that we will generate sufficient future taxable income in certain jurisdictions to realize these deferred tax assets. A valuation allowance has been established for deferred tax assets that we do not believe meet the “more likely than not” criteria. We assess whether an uncertain tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return meets the threshold for recognition and measurement in the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our judgments regarding future taxable income as well as tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return may change due to changes in market conditions, changes in tax laws or other factors. If our assumptions and consequently our estimates change in the future, the valuation allowances and/or tax reserves established may be increased or decreased, resulting in a respective increase or decrease in income tax expense

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the Company recorded an income tax benefit of $27.5 million related to the reversal of deferred tax asset valuation allowances in certain non-U.S. jurisdictions. The Company’s assessment included consideration of all available positive and negative evidence including, among other recent evidence, historical cumulative operating income, projected future taxable income and recent utilization of non-U.S. tax credit carryforwards.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of our tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report (“RAR”) on May 27, 2015, which was updated on June 22, 2016. The IRS completed its field examination of our tax returns for fiscal years 2012 through 2014 and issued an RAR on April 19, 2017. The proposed adjustments in the RAR from both examination periods relate primarily to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. If the IRS ultimately prevails in its positions, our income tax payments due for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and fiscal years 2012 through 2014 would be approximately $28.6 million and $5.3 million, respectively, after utilization of tax loss carry forwards available through fiscal year 2014. Also, the IRS has proposed interest and penalties with respect to fiscal years 2009 through 2011. The IRS may make similar claims in future audits with respect to these types of transactions. At this time, anticipating the amount of any future IRS proposed adjustments, interest, and penalties is not practicable.

We disagree with the proposed adjustments and intend to vigorously contest these matters through the applicable IRS administrative and judicial procedures, as appropriate. As the final resolution of the proposed adjustments remains uncertain, we continue to provide for the uncertain tax positions based on the more likely than not standard. While the resolution of the issues may result in tax liabilities, interest and penalties that are significantly higher than the amounts accrued for these matters, management currently believes that the resolution will not have a material adverse effect on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, there can be no assurance that management’s beliefs will be realized.expense. For further discussion related to our income taxes, refer to Note 515 — “Income Taxes” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See Note 1719 – “New Accounting Guidance” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for a discussion of recent accounting guidance.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth,

    Refer to Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" section contained in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, certain statements2020 for the results of operations data expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Net revenue

   100.0  100.0  100.0

Cost of revenue

   91.9   91.7   91.6 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   8.1   8.3   8.4 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

   4.8   5.0   4.8 

Research and development

   0.2   0.2   0.2 

Amortization of intangibles

   0.2   0.2   0.1 

Restructuring and related charges

   0.8   0.1   0.2 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   2.1   2.8   3.1 

Other expense

   0.2   0.0   0.0 

Interest income

   (0.1  (0.0  (0.1

Interest expense

   0.7   0.7   0.7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before income tax

   1.3   2.1   2.5 

Income tax expense

   0.7   0.7   0.8 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   0.6   1.4   1.7 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

   (0.0  0.0   —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

   0.6  1.4  1.7
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2017 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016

Net Revenue. Net revenue increased 3.9% to $19.1 billion duringdiscussion for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017,2020 compared to $18.4 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The DMS segment revenues increased 9% as a result of a 4% increase in revenues due to new business from existing customers in our consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies business, a 3% increase in revenues due to new business from existing customers in our healthcare business and a 2% increase in revenues from existing customers within our mobility business. EMS segment revenues remained relatively consistent due to a mix of increases and decreases spread across various industries within the EMS segment, with no one change being significant individually.

2019.

Net Revenue
Generally, we assess revenue on a global customer basis regardless of whether the growth is associated with organic growth or as a result of an acquisition. Accordingly, we do not differentiate or separately report revenue increases generated by acquisitions as opposed to existing business. In addition, the added cost structures associated with our acquisitions have historically been relatively insignificant when compared to our overall cost structure.

31

Table of Contents
The distribution of revenue across our segments has fluctuated, and will continue to fluctuate, as a result of numerous factors, including the following: fluctuations in customer demand as a result of recessionary and other conditions, such as the less than anticipated product demand that we have experienced in our mobility business;demand; efforts to diversify certain portions of our business; seasonality in our business; business growth from new and existing customers; specific product performance; and any potential termination, or substantial winding down, of significant customer relationships.

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 2020
2020 vs. 2019(1)
Net revenue$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 7.4 %7.8 %
(1)As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within our operating segments. Our operating segments, which are the reporting segments, continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are now presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.
2021 vs. 2020
Net revenue increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. Specifically, the DMS segment net revenue increased 17% due to: (i) a 6% increase in revenues from existing customers within our mobility business as our ability to meet customer demand during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, was greatly diminished due to COVID-19 containment efforts in China, (ii) a 4% increase in revenues from existing customers within our connected devices business, (iii) a 4% increase in revenues from existing customers in our automotive and transportation business and (iv) a 3% increase in revenues from existing customers within our healthcare and packaging businesses. The EMS segment net revenue decreased 1% due primarily to a decrease in revenues from existing customers in our cloud business, which began transitioning to a consignment model in fiscal year 2021.
2020 vs. 2019
Net revenue increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019. Specifically, the EMS segment revenues increased 9% primarily due to (i) a 10% increase in revenues from existing customers within our 5G, wireless and cloud business and (ii) a 3% increase in revenues from existing customers within our industrial and capital equipment business. The increase is partially offset by (i) a 2% decrease from existing customers within our networking and storage business and (ii) a 2% decrease in revenues from existing customers within our digital print and retail business. DMS segment revenues increased 7% due to (i) an 8% increase in revenues from new and existing customers in our healthcare and packaging businesses and (ii) a 1% increase in revenues from existing customers in our automotive and transportation business. The increase is partially offset by a 2% decrease in revenue from customers within our connected devices business.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, revenue by segment expressed as a percentage of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

EMS

   58  60  60

DMS

   42  40  40
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

   100  100  100
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Foreign

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
EMS47 %52 %51 %
DMS53 %48 %49 %
Total100 %100 %100 %
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, foreign source revenue represented 91.4% and 90.7%, respectively,expressed as a percentage of ournet revenue:
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Foreign source revenue83.6 %82.6 %87.7 %
Gross Profit
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Gross profit$2,359 $1,931 $1,913 
Percent of net revenue8.1 %7.1 %7.6 %
2021 vs. 2020
32

Table of Contents
Gross profit as a percentage of net revenue increased for the fiscal yearsyear ended August 31, 20172021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, primarily due to: (i) product mix and 2016.

Gross Profit. Gross profit remained relatively consistent on an absolute basisimproved profitability across various businesses and as(ii) a percentdecrease of revenue at $1.5 billion (8.1% of net revenue)$72 million in incremental and idle labor costs associated with travel disruptions and governmental restrictions, largely related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Selling, General and Administrative
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Selling, general and administrative$1,213 $1,175 $1,111 $38 $64 
2021 vs. 2020
Selling, general and administrative expenses increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017,2021 compared to $1.5 billion (8.3%the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. The increase is predominantly due to (i) a $48 million increase due to higher salary and salary related expenses and (ii) a $19 million increase in stock-based compensation expense due to anticipated achievement levels for certain performance-based stock awards, a higher stock price for awards granted during fiscal year 2021 and a higher stock price for cash-settled awards. The increase is partially offset by a $29 million decrease primarily due to lower acquisition and integration charges related to our strategic collaboration with a healthcare company.
Research and Development
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
(dollars in millions)202120202019
Research and development$34 $43 $43 
Percent of net revenue0.1 %0.2 %0.2 %
2021 vs. 2020
Research and development expenses remained relatively consistent as a percent of net revenue)revenue during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses2021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020.

Amortization of Intangibles
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Amortization of intangibles$47 $56 $32 $(9)$24 
2021 vs. 2020
Amortization of intangibles decreased to $907.7 million (4.8% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017,2021 compared to $924.4 million (5.0% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The decrease resulted2020 primarily from a $21.0 million reversal of stock-based compensation expense during fiscal year 2017 due to decreased expectations for the vesting of certain performance-based restricted stock awards. The decrease was partially offset by an increase in salary and salary-related expenses and other costs.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses remained relatively consistent at $29.7 million (0.2% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, compared to $32.0 million (0.2% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.

Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles decreased to $35.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 compared to $37.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The decrease is due to certain intangible assets that were fully amortized during fiscal year 2016.

2020.

Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges.

Charges

Following is a summary of our restructuring, severance and related charges (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017(2)   2016(3) 

Employee severance and benefit costs

  $56,834   $8,845 

Lease costs

   3,966    (43

Asset write-off costs

   94,346    1,170 

Other related costs

   5,249    1,397 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and related charges(1)

  $160,395   $11,369 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

charges:
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 (dollars in millions)
2021(1)
2020(1)
2019(2)
Employee severance and benefit costs$$94 $16 
Lease costs(1)— 
Asset write-off costs33 (4)
Other costs22 14 
Total restructuring, severance and related charges(3)
$10 $157 $26 
(1)Includes $51.3 million and $10.7 million recorded in the EMS segment, $82.4 million and $0.8 million recorded in the DMS segment and $26.7 million and $(0.1) million of non-allocated charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. Except for asset write-off costs, all restructuring and related charges are cash costs.
(2)Includes employee severance and benefit costs of $52.2 million and $4.6 million, lease costs of $4.0 million and $0.0 million, asset write-off costs of $94.2 million and $0.1 million and other related costs of $3.8 million and $1.5 million for the 2017 Restructuring Plan and the 2013 Restructuring Plan, respectively, which are discussed in greater detail below.
(3)Costs relate to the restructuring plan approved by the Board of Directors in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”) which was intended to better align our manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce our worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses.

2017

(1)As the Company continued to optimize its cost structure and improve operational efficiencies, $57 million of employee severance and benefit costs was incurred in connection with a reduction in the worldwide workforce during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020. The remaining amount primarily relates to the 2020 Restructuring Plan,

On September 15, 2016, our Board which was complete as of Director’s formally approved a restructuring planAugust 31, 2021.

(2)Primarily relates to better align our global capacity and administrative support infrastructure to further optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductions across our Selling, General and Administrative cost base and capacity realignment in higher cost locations (the “2017 Restructuring Plan”).

Upon completion of the 2017 Restructuring Plan, we expect to recognize approximately $195.0which was complete as of August 31, 2019.

33

Table of Contents
(3)Includes $0 million, $62 million and $21 million recorded in restructuringthe EMS segment, $9 million, $76 million and related charges. We incurred $154.2$3 million recorded in the DMS segment and $1 million, $19 million and $2 million of costs duringnon-allocated charges for the fiscal year 2017years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and anticipate incurring the remaining costs during fiscal year 20182019, respectively. Except for employee severance and benefits costs, asset write-off costs, all restructuring, severance and other related charges are cash costs.

The 2017 Restructuring Plan, once complete, is expected to yield annualized cost savings beginning in fiscal year 2019 in the range of $70.0 million to $90.0 million. During fiscal year 2017, we realized costs savings of $25.0 million. The annual cost savings is expected to be reflected as a reduction in cost of revenue as well as a reduction of selling, general and administrative expense.

2013 Restructuring Plan

As of August 31, 2017, the 2013 Restructuring Plan was substantially complete.

See Note 1514 – “Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion of restructuring, severance and related charges for the 2017 and 20132020 Restructuring Plans.

Other Expense. Other expense increased to $28.4 million for
(Gain) Loss on Securities

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
(Gain) loss on securities$(2)$49 $30 $(51)$19 
2021 vs. 2020
The change in (gain) loss on securities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20172021 compared to $8.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The increase2020, is primarily due to an other than temporary impairment on available for sale securities of $11.5 million, an increasecash proceeds received in fees associatedconnection with the asset-backed securitization programs and a loss associated with a cost method investment.

Interest Income. Interest income increased to $12.5sale of an investment partially offset by: (i) an impairment charge of $36 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, compared2020 related to $9.1our investment in the Senior Non-Convertible Preferred Stock of iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) as a result of iQor’s bankruptcy filing and (ii) an impairment charge of $12 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 due to increased investments.

Interest Expense. Interest2020 in connection with the sale of an investment in the optical networking segment.

Other (Income) Expense
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Other (income) expense$(11)$31 $53 $(42)$(22)
2021 vs. 2020
The change in other (income) expense remained relatively consistent at $138.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, compared to $136.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 50.4% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, compared to an effective tax rate of 34.1% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. The increase in the effective tax rate was primarily due to decreased income in jurisdictions with low tax rates and increased losses in jurisdictions with existing valuation allowances, which was partially due to an increase in restructuring expense, and increased income in jurisdictions with high tax rates. This effective tax rate increase was partially offset by an income tax benefit of $27.5 million for the reversal of valuation allowances related to non-U.S. jurisdictions.

Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016 compared to Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015

Net Revenue. Net revenue increased 2.5% to $18.4 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $17.9 billion during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. Specifically, the DMS segment revenues increased 3% due to increased revenues from customers within our mobility business due to strengthened end user product demand during the first half of fiscal year 2016. EMS segment revenues increased 2% due to a 3% increase in revenues from new business with existing customers within our telecommunications business, partially offset by a 1% revenue decline spread across the remaining industries within the EMS segment.

Foreign source revenue represented 90.7% and 88.0%, respectively, of our net revenue for fiscal years 2016 and 2015.

Gross Profit. Gross profit remained relatively consistent at $1.5 billion (8.3% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $1.5 billion (8.4% of net revenue) during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

Selling, General and Administrative. Selling, general and administrative expenses increased to $924.4 million (5.0% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2016 compared to $862.6 million (4.8% of net revenue) for fiscal year 2015. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net revenue remained relatively consistent with the same period of the prior fiscal year. Selling, general and administrative expenses on a gross basis increased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 as2021 compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015,2020, is primarily due to: (i) $24 million related to increasesa decrease in salaryfees associated with lower utilization of both our trade accounts receivable sales and salary-related expenses and othersecuritization programs during fiscal year 2021, (ii) $10 million primarily related to lower net periodic benefit costs due to increased headcount to support the continued growthin fiscal year 2021, (iii) $7 million of our business.

Research and Development. Research and development expenses increased to $32.0 million (0.2% of net revenue)costs incurred during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared2020 related to $27.6the redemption of the 5.625% Senior Notes due 2020 and (iv) $1 million (0.2% of net revenue)arising from an increase in other income.

Interest Income
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Interest income$$15 $21 $(9)$(6)
2021 vs. 2020
Interest income decreased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, primarily as2021 compared to the resultfiscal year ended August 31, 2020, due to lower interest rates, partially offset by increased interest income on higher cash equivalents (investments that are readily convertible to cash with maturity dates of new projects in targeted growth sectors.

Amortization of Intangibles. Amortization of intangibles increased to $37.1 million90 days or less).

Interest Expense
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
(dollars in millions)2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Interest expense$130 $174 $188 $(44)$(14)
2021 vs. 2020
Interest expense decreased during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 as2021, compared to $24.4the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, primarily due to lower interest rates and lower borrowings on our credit facilities, partially offset by additional borrowings on our commercial paper program and senior debt issuances.
34

Table of Contents
Income Tax Expense
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Change
2021202020192021 vs. 20202020 vs. 2019
Effective income tax rate26.0 %78.2 %35.8 %(52.2)%42.4 %
2021 vs. 2020
The effective income tax rate decreased for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, compared to the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, primarily due to: (i) higher income before income tax for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, driven in part by decreased restructuring charges in tax jurisdictions with minimal related income tax benefit and (ii) a $21 million income tax expense associated with the re-measurement of deferred tax assets related to the extension of a non-U.S. tax incentive recorded during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The increase is due to the definite lived intangible assets acquired in connection with the Plasticos acquisition that occurred in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 and the acquisitions of Shemer, Inala and Hanson that occurred during the first and second quarters of fiscal year 2016, respectively.

Restructuring and Related Charges.

2013 Restructuring Plan

In conjunction with the 2013 Restructuring Plan, we charged $11.4 million of restructuring and related charges to the Consolidated Statements of Operations during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to $34.6 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The restructuring and related charges during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2016 and 2015 include cash costs of $8.8 million and $24.3 million related to employee severance and benefit costs, respectively, $0.0 million and $2.8 million related to lease costs, respectively, and $1.4 million and $1.9 million of other related costs, respectively, as well as non-cash costs of $1.2 million and $5.6 million related to asset write-off costs, respectively.

For further discussion of restructuring and related charges related to the 2013 Restructuring Plan, refer to Note 15 – “Restructuring and Related Charges” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Other Expense. Other expense increased to $8.4 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared to $5.6 million for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The increase was primarily due to an increase in fees associated with the asset-backed securitization programs as a result of an increase in receivables sold.

Interest Income. Interest income remained relatively consistent at $9.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $10.0 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.

Interest Expense. Interest expense increased to $136.5 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to $128.1 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The increase was due to interest expense associated with the Term Loan Facility entered into on July 6, 2015, (see Note 9 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” to the Consolidated Financial Statements).

Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense reflects an effective tax rate of 34.1% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, compared to an effective tax rate of 31.8% for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. The effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 increased from the effective tax rate for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015 primarily due to the decrease in income from continuing operations in low tax-rate jurisdictions and the increase in losses in tax jurisdictions with existing valuation allowances during fiscal year 2016. This effective tax rate increase was partially offset by tax benefits from favorable tax audit resolutions and statute of limitation expirations in non-U.S. jurisdictions during fiscal year 2016.

Non-U.S. GAAP2020.

Non-GAAP (Core) Financial Measures

The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations include certain non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP financial measures as identified in the reconciliation below. The non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP financial measures disclosed herein do not have standard meaning and may vary from the non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP financial measures used by other companies or how we may calculate those measures in other instances from time to time. Non-U.S. GAAPNon-GAAP financial measures should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, measures of financial performance prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. Also, our “core” financial measures should not be construed as an inference by us that our future results will be unaffected by those items that are excluded from our “core” financial measures.

Management believes that the non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP “core” financial measures set forth below are useful to facilitate evaluating the past and future performance of our ongoing manufacturing operations over multiple periods on a comparable basis by excluding the effects of the amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring, severance and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments,integration charges, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, goodwill impairment charges, other than temporarybusiness interruption and impairment charges, net, (gain) loss on securities, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations and certain other expenses, net of tax and certain deferred tax valuation allowance charges. Among other uses, management uses non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP “core” financial measures to make operating decisions, assess business performance and as a factor in determining certain employee performance when evaluating incentive compensation.

We determine the tax effect of the items excluded from “core” earnings and “core” basic and diluted earnings per share based upon evaluation of the statutory tax treatment and the applicable tax rate of the jurisdiction in which the pre-tax items were incurred, and for which realization of the resulting tax benefit, if any, is expected. In certain jurisdictions where we do not expect to realize a tax benefit (due to existing tax incentives or a history of operating losses or other factors resulting in a valuation allowance related to deferred tax assets), a reduced or 0% tax rate is applied.

We are reporting “core” operating income, and “core” earnings and cash flows to provide investors with an additional method for assessing operating income and earnings, by presenting what we believe are our “core” manufacturing operations. A significant portion (based on the respective values) of the items that are excluded for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings also impacted certain balance sheet assets, resulting in a portion of an asset being written off without a corresponding recovery of cash we may have previously spent with respect to the asset. In the case of restructuring, severance and related charges, we may make associated cash payments in the future. In addition, although, for purposes of calculating “core” operating income and “core” earnings, we exclude stock-based compensation expense (which we anticipate continuing to incur in the future) because it is a non-cash expense, the associated stock issued may result in an increase in our outstanding shares of stock, which may result in the dilution of our stockholders’ ownership interest. We encourage you to consider these matters when evaluating the utility of these non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP financial measures.

Adjusted free cash flow is defined as net cash provided by (used in) operating activities plus cash receipts on sold receivables less net capital expenditures (acquisition of property, plant and equipment less proceeds and advances from the sale of property, plant and equipment). We report adjusted free cash flow as we believe this non-GAAP financial measure is useful to investors in measuring our ability to generate cash internally and fund future growth and to provide a return to shareholders.
Included in the tabletables below isare a reconciliation of the non-U.S. GAAPnon-GAAP financial measures to the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measures as provided in our Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Operating income (U.S. GAAP)

  $410,230   $522,833   $555,411 

Amortization of intangibles

   35,524    37,121    24,449 

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   48,544    58,997    62,563 

Restructuring and related charges

   160,395    11,369    33,066 

Distressed customer charges(1)

   10,198    —      —   

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments(2)

   —      —      (5,480

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   2,112    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core operating income (Non-U.S. GAAP)

  $667,003   $630,320   $670,009 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc. (U.S. GAAP)

  $129,090   $254,095   $284,019 

Amortization of intangibles

   35,524    37,121    24,449 

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   48,544    58,997    62,563 

Restructuring and related charges

   160,395    11,369    33,066 

Distressed customer charges(1)

   10,198    —      —   

Other than temporary impairment on securities(3)

   11,539    —      —   

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments(2)

   —      —      (5,480

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   2,112    —      —   

Loss from discontinued operations

   —      —      7,689 

Loss on sale of discontinued operations

   —      —      300 

Adjustment for taxes

   (4,726   (2,483   (436
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings (Non-U.S. GAAP)

  $392,676   $359,099   $406,170 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Earnings per share (U.S. GAAP):

 

  

Basic

  $0.71   $1.33   $1.47 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $0.69   $1.32   $1.45 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Core earnings per share (Non-U.S. GAAP):

 

  

Basic

  $2.16   $1.89   $2.10 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

  $2.11   $1.86   $2.07 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding used in the calculations of earnings per share (U.S. GAAP and Non-U.S. GAAP):

      

Basic

   181,902    190,413    193,689 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Diluted

   185,838    192,750    196,005 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Statements:
35

Table of Contents
Reconciliation of U.S. GAAP Financial Results to Non-GAAP Measures
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
(in millions, except for per share data)202120202019
Operating income (U.S. GAAP)$1,055 $500 $701 
Amortization of intangibles47 56 32 
Stock-based compensation expense and related charges102 83 61 
Restructuring, severance and related charges(1)
10 157 26 
Distressed customer charge(2)
— 15 
Net periodic benefit cost(3)
24 16 — 
Business interruption and impairment charges, net(4)
(1)(3)
Acquisition and integration charges(5)
31 54 
Adjustments to operating income186 364 176 
Core operating income (Non-GAAP)$1,241 $864 $877 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc. (U.S. GAAP)$696 $54 $287 
Adjustments to operating income186 364 176 
(Gain) loss on securities(6)
(2)49 30 
Net periodic benefit cost(3)
(24)(16)— 
Adjustment for taxes(7)
(3)(1)(20)
Core earnings (Non-GAAP)$853 $450 $473 
Diluted earnings per share (U.S. GAAP)$4.58 $0.35 $1.81 
Diluted core earnings per share (Non-GAAP)$5.61 $2.90 $2.98 
Diluted weighted average shares outstanding (U.S. GAAP and Non-GAAP)152.1 155.3 158.6 
(1)Charges relate to the disengagement with an energy customer during fiscal year 2017.
(2)This relates to the recognition of a final purchase price adjustment for an acquisition which was settled during fiscal year 2015.
(3)This relates to an other than temporary impairment on available for sale securities during fiscal year 2017.

Core operating income

(1)As the Company continued to optimize its cost structure and earnings increased 5.8%improve operational efficiencies, $57 million of employee severance and 9.4%, respectively,benefit costs was incurred in connection with a reduction in the worldwide workforce during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 compared2020. The remaining amount primarily related to the 2020 Restructuring Plan.
(2)Relates to accounts receivable and inventory charges for certain distressed customers.
(3)Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2017-07, Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715) (“ASU 2017-07”), pension service cost is recognized in cost of revenue and all other components of net periodic benefit cost, including return on plan assets, are presented in other expense. We are reclassifying the pension components in other expense to core operating income as we assess operating performance, inclusive of all components of net periodic benefit cost, with the related revenue. There is no impact to core earnings or diluted core earnings per share for this adjustment.
(4)Charges, net of insurance proceeds, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, relate to a flood that impacted our facility in Huangpu, China.
(5)Charges related to our strategic collaboration with Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”).
(6)Relates to an impairment of an investment with iQor and the sale of an investment in the optical networking segment during fiscal year 2020.
(7)The fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. These variances were2019 includes a $13 million income tax benefit for the resulteffects of the same factors described above in “Management’s DiscussionTax Cuts and AnalysisJobs Act of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2017 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016.”

Core operating income and earnings decreased 5.9% and 11.6%, respectively,(“Tax Act”) recorded during the three months ended November 30, 2018.

Adjusted Free Cash Flow
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 (in millions)20212020
2019 (1)
Net cash provided by operating activities (U.S. GAAP)$1,433 $1,257 $1,193 
Cash receipts on sold receivables— — 97 
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment(1,159)(983)(1,005)
Proceeds and advances from sale of property, plant and equipment366 187 218 
Adjusted free cash flow (Non-GAAP)$640 $461 $503 
(1)In fiscal year ended August 31, 2016 compared2019, the adoption of Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") 2016-15, "Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments" resulted in a reclassification of cash flows from operating activities to investing
36

Table of Contents
activities for cash receipts for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015. These variances weredeferred purchase price receivable on asset-backed securitization transactions. The adoption of this standard does not reflect a change in the result of the same factors described above in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – The Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2016 compared to the Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 2015.”

underlying business or activities.

Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth certain unaudited quarterly financial information for the 2017three months ended August 31, 2021 and 2016 fiscal years.2020. In the opinion of management, this information has been presented on the same basis as the audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere, and all necessary adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring accruals) have been included in the amounts stated below to present fairly the unaudited quarterly results when read in conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of results for any future period.

   Fiscal Year 2017  Fiscal Year 2016 
   Aug. 31,
2017
  May 31,
2017
  Feb. 28,
2017
  Nov. 30,
2016
  Aug. 31,
2016
  May 31,
2016
  Feb. 29,
2016
  Nov. 30,
2015
 
   (in thousands, except for per share data) 

Net revenue

  $5,023,029  $4,489,557  $4,445,637  $5,104,898  $4,430,763  $4,310,752  $4,403,594  $5,207,977 

Cost of revenue

   4,597,211   4,163,142   4,083,733   4,673,392   4,107,114   3,989,665   4,004,161   4,724,442 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   425,818   326,415   361,904   431,506   323,649   321,087   399,433   483,535 

Operating expenses:

         

Selling, general and administrative

   241,823   233,884   217,943   214,052   208,334   239,646   224,905   251,547 

Research and development

   7,698   7,274   7,085   7,623   7,521   7,675   8,465   8,292 

Amortization of intangibles

   9,262   9,174   8,766   8,322   10,971   9,711   8,599   7,840 

Restructuring and related charges

   46,866   32,700   44,927   35,902   3,020   4,460   2,535   1,353 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   2,112   —     —     —     —     —     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   118,057   43,383   83,183   165,607   93,803   59,595   154,929   214,503 

Other expense

   4,576   15,821   3,371   4,680   2,034   2,412   2,167   1,765 

Interest income

   (4,118  (3,663  (2,289  (2,455  (2,475  (2,302  (2,287  (2,064

Interest expense

   35,987   35,443   33,800   32,844   34,027   35,212   34,262   33,035 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax

   81,612   (4,218  48,301   130,538   60,217   24,273   120,787   181,767 

Income tax expense

   35,571   21,481   28,177   43,837   21,510   18,434   42,354   49,852 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   46,041   (25,699  20,124   86,701   38,707   5,839   78,433   131,915 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

   362   (418  (541  (1,326  642   626   (497  30 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $45,679  $(25,281 $20,665  $88,027  $38,065  $5,213  $78,930  $131,885 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.

         

Basic

  $0.26  $(0.14 $0.11  $0.48  $0.20  $0.03  $0.41  $0.69 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

  $0.25  $(0.14 $0.11  $0.47  $0.20  $0.03  $0.41  $0.68 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

         

Basic

   178,697   181,038   182,632   185,292   189,139   191,206   190,957   190,355 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   182,977   181,038   185,010   187,856   191,602   193,069   193,294   193,243 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table sets forth,

Three Months Ended
(in millions, except for per share data)August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Net revenue$7,409 $7,300 
Gross profit587 491 
Operating income(1)
265 197 
Net income (1)(2)
175 69 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.(1)(2)
$175 $68 
Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.
Basic$1.20 $0.45 
Diluted$1.16 $0.44 
(1)Includes direct costs related to the COVID-19 pandemic of $23 million and $22 million for the periods indicated,three months ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(2)Includes the impairment of an investment with iQor during the three months ended August 31, 2020.
Acquisitions and Expansion
During fiscal year 2018, the Company and JJMD entered into a framework agreement to form a strategic collaboration and expand our existing relationship. The strategic collaboration expands our medical device manufacturing portfolio, diversification and capabilities.
On October 26, 2020, under the terms of the framework agreement, we completed the fourth closing of our acquisition of certain financial information statedassets of JJMD. The aggregate purchase price paid for the fourth closing was approximately $19 million in cash. Total assets acquired of $30 million and total liabilities assumed of $11 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.
The acquisition of the JJMD assets was accounted for as a percentagebusiness combination using the acquisition method of net revenue:

   Fiscal Year 2017  Fiscal Year 2016 
   Aug. 31,
2017
  May 31,
2017
  Feb. 28,
2017
  Nov. 30,
2016
  Aug. 31,
2016
  May 31,
2016
  Feb. 29,
2016
  Nov. 30,
2015
 

Net revenue

   100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0  100.0

Cost of revenue

   91.5   92.7   91.9   91.5   92.7   92.6   90.9   90.7 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   8.5   7.3   8.1   8.5   7.3   7.4   9.1   9.3 

Operating expenses:

         

Selling, general and administrative

   4.8   5.2   4.9   4.2   4.7   5.5   5.1   4.8 

Research and development

   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2 

Amortization of intangibles

   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2   0.2 

Restructuring and related charges

   0.9   0.7   1.0   0.7   0.1   0.1   0.1   0.0 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   0.0   —     —     —     —     —     —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   2.4   1.0   1.8   3.2   2.1   1.4   3.5   4.1 

Other expense

   0.1   0.4   0.1   0.1   0.0   0.1   0.0   0.0 

Interest income

   (0.1  (0.1  (0.1  (0.1  —     (0.1  (0.1  (0.0

Interest expense

   0.7   0.8   0.8   0.6   0.8   0.8   0.8   0.6 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income (loss) before income tax

   1.7   (0.1  1.0   2.6   1.3   0.6   2.8   3.5 

Income tax expense

   0.7   0.5   0.6   0.9   0.5   0.4   1.0   1.0 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

   1.0   (0.6  0.4   1.7   0.8   0.2   1.8   2.5 

Net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

   0.0   (0.0  (0.0  (0.0  0.0   0.0   (0.0  0.0 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Jabil Inc.

   1.0  (0.6)%   0.4  1.7  0.8  0.2  1.8  2.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Acquisitionsaccounting. The Company is currently evaluating the fair value of the assets and Expansion

As discussedliabilities related to the fourth closing. The preliminary estimates and measurements are, therefore, subject to change during the measurement period for assets acquired, liabilities assumed and tax adjustments. The results of operations were included in our condensed consolidated financial results beginning on October 26, 2020 for the fourth closing. We believe it is impracticable to provide pro forma information for the acquisition of the JJMD assets.

Refer to Note 16 – “Business Acquisitions” to the Consolidated Financial Statements we completed one acquisition during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 and three acquisitions during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016. Acquisitions are accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Our Consolidated Financial Statements include the operating results of each business from the date of acquisition.

Seasonality

Production levels for a portion of the DMS segment are subject to seasonal influences. We may realize greater net revenue during our first fiscal quarter which ends on November 30, due to higher demand for consumer-related products during the holiday selling season.

further discussion.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

We believe that our level of liquidity sources, which includes available borrowings under our revolving credit facilities and commercial paper program, additional proceeds available under our global asset-backed securitization programsprogram and under our uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs, cash on hand, fundscash flows provided by operationsoperating activities and the access to the capital markets, will be adequate to fund our capital expenditures, the payment of any declared quarterly dividends, any share repurchases under the approved program, any potential acquisitions and our working capital requirements for the next 12 months.

We continue to assess our capital structure and evaluate the merits of redeploying available cash.

Certain of our trade accounts receivable sale programs expire or are subject to termination provisions within fiscal year 2022. While we expect to renew such trade accounts receivable sale programs, market conditions, including the implications of the COVID-19 pandemic, at the time our current programs expire may create challenges in doing so, such as incurring a higher cost of capital.
37

Table of Contents
Cash and Cash Equivalents

As of August 31, 2017,2021, we had approximately $1.2$1.6 billion in cash and cash equivalents. As our growth remains predominantly outsideequivalents, of the United States,which a significant portion of such cash and cash equivalents arewas held by our foreign subsidiaries. We estimate that approximately $841.1 millionMost of theour foreign cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiariesas of August 31, 2021 could not be repatriated to the United States without potential income tax consequences.

During fiscal year 2017, we repatriated $225.9 million of current year foreign earnings to our U.S. operations, which did not result in tax expense due to a current year operating loss and valuation allowance in the U.S. As of August 31, 2017, we intend to repatriate pre-acquisition undistributed earnings of $188.5 million related to Nypro and a portion of our remaining current year foreign earnings to our U.S. operations from cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries. In connection with this future repatriation of earnings, we have a deferred tax liability of approximately $86.2 million at August 31, 2017. We intend to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from our foreign subsidiaries outside the U.S.

expense.

Notes Payable and Credit Facilities

Following is a summary of principal debt payments and debt issuance for our notes payable and credit facilities (in thousands):

                     Borrowings     Total notes 
                     under     payable 
   7.750%  8.250%   5.625%   4.700%   4.900%  revolving  Borrowings  and 
   Senior  Senior   Senior   Senior   Senior  credit  under  credit 
   Notes  Notes(1)   Notes   Notes   Notes  facilities(2)  loans(3)  facilities 

Balance as of August 31, 2015

  $309,511  $397,599��  $395,321   $495,387   $—    $323  $30,410  $1,628,551 

2016 borrowings

   —     —      —      —      300,000   6,104,063   500,000   6,904,063 

2016 payments

   (312,000  —      —      —      —     (6,104,327  (28,440  (6,444,767

Other

   2,489   953    891    654    (1,671  (59  240   3,497 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2016

   —     398,552    396,212    496,041    298,329   —     502,210   2,091,344 

2017 borrowings

   —     —      —      —      —     7,434,107   —     7,434,107 

2017 payments

   —     —      —      —      —     (7,434,107  (43,922  (7,478,029

Other

   —     954    892    655    242   —     107   2,850 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

  $—    $399,506   $397,104   $496,696   $298,571  $—    $458,395  $2,050,272 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Maturity Date

   
July 15,
2016
 
 
  
March 15,
2018
 
 
   
Dec.15,
2020
 
 
   
Sept.15,
2022
 
 
   
July 14,
2023
 
 
  
July 6,
2020(2)
 
 
  
July 6,
2020(3)
 
 
 

Original Facility/ Maximum Capacity

   
$312.0
million
 
 
  
$400.0
million
 
 
   
$400.0
million
 
 
   
$500.0
million
 
 
   
$300.0
million
 
 
  
$1.9
billion(2)
 
 
  
$502.6
million(3)
 
 
 

facilities:
(in millions)5.625%
Senior
Notes
4.700%
Senior
Notes
4.900%
Senior
Notes
3.950%
Senior
Notes
3.600%
Senior
Notes
3.000%
Senior
Notes
1.700% Senior Notes(1)
Borrowings
under
revolving
credit
facilities(2)(3)
Borrowings
under
commercial paper program
(3)
Borrowings
under
loans(1)
Total notes
payable
and
credit
facilities
Balance as of August 31, 2019$399 $498 $299 $495 $— $— $— $— $— $805 $2,496 
Borrowings— — — — 499 595 — 11,095 238 350 12,777 
Payments(399)— — — — — — (11,095)(238)(806)(12,538)
Other— — — (4)(5)— — — (7)
Balance as of August 31, 2020— 499 299 495 495 590 — — — 350 2,728 
Borrowings— — — — — — 500 1,224 — — 1,724 
Payments— — — — — — — (1,224)— (350)(1,574)
Other— — — (4)— — — 
Balance as of August 31, 2021$— $499 $300 $496 $495 $591 496 $— $— $$2,878 
Maturity DateDec 15, 2020Sep 15, 2022Jul 14, 2023Jan 12, 2028Jan 15, 2030Jan 15, 2031Apr 15, 2026
Jan 22, 2024 and Jan 22, 2026(2)(3)
(3)Jul 31, 2026
Original Facility/ Maximum Capacity$400 million$500 million$300 million$500 million$500 million$600 million$500 million
$3.8
billion(2)(3)
(3)
$2
million(1)
(1)We believe that our cash on hand and available borrowing under our credit facilities will be adequate to fund the payment of the 8.250% Senior Notes. However, we anticipate that we will enter into a new borrowing agreement to repay our 8.250% Senior Notes prior to maturity.
(2)On July 6, 2015, we entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five-year credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for: (i) the Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.5 billion, which may, subject to the lenders’ discretion, be increased to $2.0 billion and (ii) a $500.0 million five-year delayed draw Term Loan Facility, (collectively the “Credit Facility”). Both the Revolving Credit Facility and the Term Loan Facility expire on July 6, 2020. The Revolving Credit Facility is subject to two whole or partial one-year extensions, at the lenders’ discretion.

(1)On April 14, 2021, we issued $500 million of publicly registered 1.700% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “1.700% Senior Notes”). We used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including repayment of the prior $300 million Term Loan Facility.
(2)On April 28, 2021, we entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to our senior unsecured credit agreement dated as of January 22, 2020 (the “Credit Facility”). The Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the commitments available under the three-year revolving credit facility (the “Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility”) from $700 million to $1.2 billion, (ii) instituted certain sustainability-linked adjustments to the interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Credit Facility and (iii) primarily extended the termination date of the Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility to January 22, 2024, and of the Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility of $2.0 billion to January 22, 2026.
(3)As of August 31, 2017, the interest rate on the Revolving Credit Facility borrowings ranged from 2.4% to 4.4% and the interest rate on the Term Loan Facility was 2.6%. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the Revolving Credit Facility, either 0.000% to 0.650% above the base rate or 1.000% to 1.650% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% to 1.000% above the base rate or 1.125% to 2.000% above the Eurocurrency rate. The base rate represents the greatest of: (i) Citibank, N.A.’s base rate, (ii) 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and (iii) 1.0% above one-month LIBOR, but not less than zero. The Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR or adjusted CDOR, as applicable, for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero.

As of August 31, 2017, our foreign subsidiaries have various additional credit facilities that finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. The foreign subsidiary credit facilities incur interest at fixed and variable rates ranging from 1.2% to 3.5%.

As of August 31, 2017,2021, we had $1.9$3.8 billion in available unused borrowing capacity under our revolving credit facilities. The Credit Facility acts as the back-up facility for commercial paper outstanding, if any. We may needhave a borrowing capacity of up to finance day-to-day working capital needs, as well as future growth and any corresponding working capital needs, with additional borrowings$1.8 billion under our Revolving Credit Facilitycommercial paper program. Borrowings with an original maturity of 90 days or less are recorded net within the statement of cash flows, and our otherhave been excluded from the table above.

In the ordinary course of business, we have letters of credit facilitiesand surety bonds with banks and insurance companies outstanding of $75 million as wellof August 31, 2021. Unused letters of credit were $76 million as additional publicof August 31, 2021. Letters of credit and private offerings of our debt and equity. We continue to assess our capital structure and evaluatesurety bonds are generally available for draw down in the merits of redeploying available cash to reduce existing debt or repurchase common stock.

(3)In addition to the Term Loan Facility described above, as of August 31, 2017, we have borrowings outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans are approximately $2.1 million and have interest rates ranging from 0.0% to 10.0%.

Currently,event we do not perform.

We have a shelf registration statement with the SEC registering the potential sale of an indeterminate amount of debt and equity securities in the future to augment our liquidity and capital resources. The current shelf registration statement expires in the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 and we expect to file a new registration statement prior to its expiration.

Our Senior Notes and our Credit Facilitycredit facilities contain various financial and nonfinancial covenants. A violation of these covenants could negatively impact our liquidity by restricting our ability to borrow under the notes payable and credit facilities and potentially causing acceleration of amounts due under these notes payable and credit facilities. As of August 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, we were in compliance with all covenants under our Senior Notes and Credit Facility.debt covenants. Refer to Note 97 – “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details.

Asset-Backed Securitization and Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

We

Global asset-backed securitization program - Effective August 20, 2021, the global asset-backed securitization program (formerly referred to as the North American asset-backed securitization program) terms were amended to: (i) add a foreign
38

Table of Contents
entity to the program, (ii) increase the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available at any one time from $390 million to $600 million and (iii) extend the expiration date of the program to November 25, 2024. As of August 31, 2021, we had up to $24 million in available liquidity under our global asset-backed securitization program.
Certain entities participating in the global asset-backed securitization program continuously sell designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn sells certain of the receivables at a discount under our asset-backed securitization programs to special purpose entities, which in turn sell 100% of the receivables to: (i) conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions and (ii) an unaffiliated financial institution. Anyinstitution on a monthly basis. In addition, the foreign entity participating in the global asset-backed securitization program sells certain receivables at a discount to conduits administered by an unaffiliated financial institution on a daily basis.
The special purpose entity in the global asset-backed securitization program is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and is included in our Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain unsold receivables covering up to the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available under the domestic, or U.S., portion of the purchase price for the receivables not paid in cash upon the sale occurring is recorded as a deferred purchase price receivable, which is paid from available cash as payments on the receivables are collected.

Following is a summary of our global asset-backed securitization programs and key terms:

Maximum Amount of
Net Cash Proceeds(1)
Expiration
Date

North American(2)

$200.0 millionOctober 20, 2017

Foreign

$400.0 millionMay 1, 2018

(1)Maximum amount available at any one time.
(2)On October 18, 2017, the program was extended to November 17, 2017.

In connection with our asset-backed securitization programs,program are pledged as collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2017,2021.

Foreign asset-backed securitization program - We terminated the foreign asset-backed securitization program on June 28, 2021. In connection with the termination, we paid approximately $167 million in cash, which consisted of: (i) $68 million for the remittance of collections received prior to June 28, 2021, in our role as servicer of sold $1.2 billionreceivables and (ii) a repurchase of eligible trade accounts receivable, which represents the face amount$99 million of totalall previously sold outstanding receivables, at fair value, that date. In exchange, we received cash proceedsremained outstanding as of $590.9 million and recorded a deferred purchase price receivable of $568.7 million.June 28, 2021. As of August 31, 2017,2021, we had up to $11.1 millionhave substantially collected the repurchased receivables from customers.

The special purpose entity in available liquidity under ourthe foreign asset-backed securitization programs.

Ourprogram is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity that is winding down as a result of the termination of the foreign-asset backed securitization program. We are deemed the primary beneficiary of this special purpose entity as we have both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity from the transfer of the trade accounts receivable into the special purpose entity. Accordingly, the special purpose entity associated with the foreign asset-backed securitization program is included in our Consolidated Financial Statements.


The foreign asset-backed securitization program contained a guarantee of payment by the special purpose entity, in an amount approximately equal to the net cash proceeds under the program. As a result of the termination of the foreign asset-backed securitization program, all outstanding amounts have been settled with the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2021. As such, no liability has been recorded for obligations under the guarantee.

Global and foreign asset-backed securitization programs contain various financial- We continue servicing the receivables sold and nonfinancial covenants. Asin exchange receive a servicing fee under the global asset-backed securitization program. Servicing fees related to each of the asset-backed securitization programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 20172021, 2020 and 2016,2019 were not material. We do not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as we were in compliance with all covenants under our asset-backed securitization programs. estimate that the fee received to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.
Refer to Note 38“Trade Accounts Receivable“Asset-Backed Securitization and Sale Programs” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for further details on the programs.

Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

Following is a summary of the five trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions. Under the programs we may elect to sell receivables and the unaffiliated financial institutions may elect to purchase, at a discount, on an ongoing basis:

39

Table of Contents
Program
Maximum
Amount
(in millions)(1)
Type of
Facility
Expiration
Date
A$600 UncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
B$150 UncommittedNovember 30, 2021
C400 CNYUncommittedAugust 31, 2023
D$150 UncommittedMay 4, 2023(3)
E$150 UncommittedJanuary 25, 2022(4)
F$50 UncommittedFebruary 23, 2023(5)
G$100 UncommittedAugust 10, 2022(6)
H$100 UncommittedJuly 21, 2022(7)
I$550 UncommittedDecember 4, 2021(8)
J$135 UncommittedApril 11, 2022(9)
K100 CHFUncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
L$90 UncommittedJanuary 23, 2022

Program

Maximum

Amount(1)

Type of
Facility
Expiration
Date

A

$756.5 million(2)UncommittedAugust 31, 2022

B

$150.0 millionUncommittedAugust 31, 2018

C

800.0 million CNYUncommittedFebruary 15, 2018

D

$100.0 millionUncommittedNovember 1, 2018(3)

E

$50.0 millionUncommittedAugust 25, 2018

(1)Maximum amount available at any one time.
(2)The maximum amount under the program was increased during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and will be reduced to $650.0 million on February 1, 2018.
(3)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.

(1)Maximum amount of trade accounts receivable that may be sold under a facility at any one time.
(2)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(3)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 30 days prior notice.
(4)The program will be automatically extended through January 25, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(5)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.
(6)The program will be automatically extended through August 10, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(7)The program will be automatically extended through August 21, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(8)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2024 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(9)The program will be automatically extended through April 11, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017,2021, we sold $3.0$4.7 billion of trade accounts receivable under these programs and we received cash proceeds of $3.0$4.7 billion. As of August 31, 2017,2021, we had up to $613.7 million$2.0 billion in available liquidity under our trade accounts receivable sale programs.

Capital Expenditures

We currently

For Fiscal Year 2022, we anticipate that during the next 12 months, our net capital expenditures which do not include any amounts spent on acquisitions, will be approximately $700.0 million, principally to$830 million. In general, our capital expenditures support ongoing businessmaintenance in theour DMS and EMS segments.

segments and investments in capabilities and targeted end markets. The amount of actual capital expenditures may be affected by general economic, financial, competitive, legislative and regulatory factors, among other things.

Cash Flows

The following table sets forth for the fiscal years ended August 31, selected consolidated cash flow information (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Net cash provided by operating activities

  $1,256,643   $916,207   $1,240,528 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (579,465   (1,179,981   (1,121,447

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (404,546   253,512    (162,795

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   5,228    8,358    (42,572
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

  $277,860   $(1,904  $(86,286
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net cash provided by operating activities$1,433 $1,257 $1,193 
Net cash used in investing activities(851)(921)(872)
Net cash used in financing activities(413)(65)(416)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(40)— 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents$173 $231 $(95)
40

Table of Contents
Operating Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 resulted2021 was primarily from net income, an increase in non-cash expenses,due to increased accounts payable, and accrued expenses and other liabilities, non-cash expenses, net income, and decreased contract assets, partially offset by an increase inincreased inventories, accounts receivable, and accounts receivable.prepaid expenses and other current assets. The increase in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities wasis primarily due to an increase in materials purchases due to increased demand in the mobility business, advance deposits from customers and the timing of purchases and cash payments. The decrease in contract assets is primarily due to the timing of billings to our customers. The increase in inventories supportsis primarily to support expected sales levels in the first quarter of fiscal year 20182022 and also issupply chain constraints due to increased demand.the COVID-19 pandemic. The increase in accounts receivable is primarily driven by higher sales and the timing of salescollections. The increase in prepaid expenses and cash collections activity as well as higher sales levels.

other current assets is primarily driven by the timing of payments.

Investing Activities
Net cash used in investing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 2021 consisted primarily of: (i)of capital expenditures principally to support ongoing business in the DMS and EMS segments and (ii) cash paid forexpenditures in connection with the acquisition of Lewis Engineering, including certain intangible assets net of cash received, which wereJJMD and the acquisition of Ecologic Brands, Inc., partially offset by proceeds and advances from the sale of property, plant and equipment.

Financing Activities
Net cash used in financing activities during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, 2021 was primarily due to:to (i) payments for debt agreements, (ii) the repurchase of our common stock, and (iii) dividend payments.payments, (iv) the purchase of the noncontrolling interests, and (v) treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock. Net cash used in financing activities was partially offset by:by (i) borrowings under debt agreements and (ii) net proceeds from the exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under the employee stock purchase plan.

Dividends and Share Repurchases

Following is a summary of the dividends and share repurchases for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017indicated below (in millions):
Dividends Paid(1)
Share Repurchases(2)
Total
Fiscal years 2016 – 2019$233 $1,254 $1,487 
Fiscal year 2020$50 $214 $264 
Fiscal year 2021$50 $428 $478 
Total$333 $1,896 $2,229 
(1)The difference between dividends declared and 2016 (in thousands):

   Dividends Paid(1)   Share Repurchases(2)   Total 

Fiscal year 2016

  $62,436   $148,185   $210,621 

Fiscal year 2017

   59,959    306,397    366,356 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $122,395   $454,582   $576,977 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The difference between dividends declared and dividends paid is due to dividend equivalents for unvested restricted stock units that are paid at the time the awards vest.
(2)Excludes commissions.

dividends paid is due to dividend equivalents for unvested restricted stock units that are paid at the time the awards vest.

(2)Excludes commissions.
We currently expect to continue to declare and pay regular quarterly dividends of an amount similar to our past declarations. However, the declaration and payment of future dividends are discretionary and will be subject to determination by our Board of Directors (the “Board”) each quarter following its review of our financial performance.

performance and global economic conditions.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, our Board authorized the repurchase of $100.0 million of our common stock during the twelve-month period following the authorization (the “2015 Share Repurchase Program”). During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, we repurchased 2.8 million shares for approximately $54.5 million, which utilized the remaining amount outstanding under the 2015 Share Repurchase Program.

In June 2016,September 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $400.0$600 million of our common stock (the “2016as part of a two-year capital allocation framework (“the 2020 Share Repurchase Program”). As of August 31, 2017, $400.02021, 14.1 million of shares had been repurchased for $600 million and no authorization remains under the 20162020 Share Repurchase Program, which utilized the total amount authorized by the Board.

Program.

In July 2017,2021, the Board authorizedof Directors approved an authorization for the repurchase of up to $450.0 million$1.0 billion of our common stock (the “2017(“the 2022 Share Repurchase Program”). The 2017 Share Repurchase Program expires onAs of August 31, 2018. As of October 10, 2017, $32.92021, 0.7 million of shares had been repurchased for $42 million and $958 million remains available under the 20172022 Share Repurchase Program.

Contractual Obligations

Our contractual obligations as of August 31, 20172021 are summarized below. As disclosed below, while we have certain non-cancelable purchase order obligations for property, plant and equipment, we generally do not enter into non-cancelable purchase orders for materials until we receive a corresponding purchase commitment from our customer. Non-cancelable purchase orders do not typically extend beyond the normal lead time of several weeks, at most. Purchase orders beyond this time frame are typically cancelable.

   Payments due by period (in thousands) 
   Total   Less than 1
year
   1-3 years   3-5 years   After 5 years 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

  $2,078,090   $445,498   $415,689   $400,870   $816,033 

Future interest on notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations(1)

   344,313    91,690    144,205    86,171    22,247 

Operating lease obligations

   533,366    101,186    160,963    112,872    158,345 

Non-cancelable purchase order obligations(2)

   245,692    245,028    664    —      —   

Pension and postretirement contributions and payments(3)

   10,475    3,338    1,129    1,359    4,649 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total contractual cash obligations(4)

  $3,211,936   $886,740   $722,650   $601,272   $1,001,274 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

cancellable.
41

Table of Contents
 Payments due by period (in millions)
 TotalLess than 1
year
1-3 years3-5 yearsAfter 5 years
Notes payable and long-term debt$2,878 $— $799 $496 $1,583 
Future interest on notes payable and long-term debt(1)
537 102 142 126 167 
Operating lease obligations(2)
489 118 165 97 109 
Finance lease obligations(2)(3)
340 101 87 134 18 
Non-cancelable purchase order obligations(4)
604 459 123 22 — 
Pension and postretirement contributions and payments(5)
46 28 12 
Other(6)
60 28 14 18 — 
Total contractual obligations(7)
$4,954 $836 $1,333 $896 $1,889 
(1)Consists of interest on notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding as of August 31, 2017. Certain of our notes payable and long-term debt pay interest at variable rates. We have applied estimated interest rates to determine the value of these expected future interest payments.
(2)Consists of purchase commitments entered into as of August 31, 2017 for property, plant and equipment pursuant to legally enforceable and binding agreements.

(3)Includes the estimated company contributions to funded pension plans during fiscal year 2018 and the expected benefit payments for unfunded pension and postretirement plans from fiscal years 2018 through 2027. These future payments are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but will be recorded as incurred.
(4)As of August 31, 2017, we have $100.9 million recorded as a long-term liability for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments, or the amount by which our liability for these uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease over time, and accordingly, this liability has been excluded from the above table.

(1)Consists of interest on notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of August 31, 2021. Certain of our notes payable and long-term debt pay interest at variable rates. We have applied estimated interest rates to determine the value of these expected future interest payments.
(2)Excludes $72 million of payments related to leases signed but not yet commenced. Additionally, certain leases signed but not yet commenced contain residual value guarantees and purchase options not deemed probable.
(3)As of August 31, 2021, the future minimum lease payments exclude $155 million of residual value guarantees that could potentially come due in future periods. The Company does not believe it is probable that any amounts will be owed under these guarantees. Therefore, no amounts related to the residual value guarantees are included in the lease payments used to measure the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
(4)Consists of purchase commitments entered into as of August 31, 2021 primarily for property, plant and equipment and software pursuant to legally enforceable and binding agreements.
(5)Includes the estimated company contributions to funded pension plans during fiscal year 2022 and the expected benefit payments for unfunded pension and postretirement plans from fiscal years 2022 through 2031. These future payments are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets but will be recorded as incurred.
(6)Includes (i) a $21 million capital commitment, (ii) a $9 million obligation related to a new human resource system and (iii) $30 million related to the one-time transition tax as a result of the Tax Act that will be paid in annual installments through fiscal year 2026.
(7)As of August 31, 2021, we have $1 million and $151 million recorded as a current and a long-term liability, respectively, for uncertain tax positions. We are not able to reasonably estimate the timing of payments, or the amount by which our liability for these uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease over time, and accordingly, this liability has been excluded from the above table.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We transact business in various foreign countries and are, therefore, subject to risk of foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations. We enter into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, intercompany transactions and fixed purchase obligations denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the respective operating entity. We do not, and do not intend to use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. All derivative instruments are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values.

The forward contracts (both those that are designated and not designated as accounting hedging instruments) will generally expire in less than three months, with 11 months being the maximum term of the contracts outstanding as of August 31, 2017.2021. The change in fair value related to contracts designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected inis initially reported as a component of AOCI and subsequently reclassified to the revenue or expense line in which the underlying transaction occurs within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The change in fair value related to contracts not designated as accounting hedging instruments will be reflected in cost of revenue within our Consolidated Statements of Operations. The forward contracts are primarily denominated in Chinese yuan renminbi, Euros, Indian rupeesRupee, Malaysian ringgit and Mexican pesos.

Based on our overall currency rate exposures as of August 31, 2017,2021, including the derivative financial instruments intended to hedge the nonfunctional currency-denominated monetary assets and liabilities, an immediate 10% hypothetical change of foreign currency exchange rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements.

See Note 11 — “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

42

Table of Contents
Interest Rate Risk

A portion of our

Our exposure to market risk forincludes changes in interest rates relatesthat could affect the Consolidated Balance Sheet, Consolidated Statement of Operations, and the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. We are exposed to our domestic investment portfolio. We do not, and do not intend to, use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes. We place cash and cash equivalents with various major financial institutions.

During fiscal year 2016, we entered into forward starting swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The forward starting swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward starting swaps are scheduled to expirerisk primarily on March 15, 2018. If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before March 15, 2018, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the time of termination or expiration. Changes in the fair value of the forward starting swap transactions are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”).

During fiscal year 2016, we entered into interest rate swap transactions to hedge the variable interest rate payments for the Term Loan Facility. In connection with this transaction, we pay interest based upon a fixed rate as agreed upon with the respective counterparties and receive variable rate interest payments based onborrowings under the one-month LIBOR. The interest rate swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The interest rate swaps were effective on September 30, 2016 and are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2019. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at each settlement date. Changes in the fair value of the interest rate swap transactions are recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI.

We pay interest on several of our outstanding borrowings at variable interest rates.Credit Facility. There were $456.3 million inno borrowings outstanding under debt facilities with variable interest rate debt facilitiesrates as of August 31, 2017.2021.

We utilize valuation models to estimate the effects of sudden interest rate changes. Primarily due to the current low interest rates, the impact of a hypothetical change of 10% in variable interest rates would not have a material effect on our Consolidated Financial Statements. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Liquidity and Capital Resources” and Note 97 — “Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”Debt” to the Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information regarding our outstanding debt obligations. The effect
To manage our exposure to market risk, we use derivative financial instruments and hybrid instruments when deemed appropriate. We have interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of an immediate hypothetical 10% change$50 million, with a mandatory termination date of February 15, 2022 (the “2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps”). In addition, we have entered into interest rate swaps to offset future exposures of fluctuations in variablethe fair value of the 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps. In connection with our anticipated debt issuance, we have interest rates would not have a material effectrate swaps with aggregate notional amounts of $250 million and $150 million, which expire on ourJuly 31, 2024. See Note 11 — “Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Statements for additional information regarding our interest rate swap transactions. We do not, and do not intend to, use derivative financial instruments for speculative or trading purposes.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Certain information required by this item is included in Item 7 of Part II of this Report under the heading “Quarterly Results” and is incorporated into this item by reference. All other information required by this item is included in Item 15 of Part IV of this Report and is incorporated into this item by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

There have been no changes in or disagreements with our accountants on accounting and financial disclosure.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

(a) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We carried out an evaluation required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act (the “Evaluation”), under the supervision and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), of the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act as of August 31, 2017.2021. Based on the Evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that the design and operation of our disclosure controls were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Exchange Act is (i) recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms, and (ii) accumulated and communicated to our senior management, including our CEO and CFO, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

(b) Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017.2021. Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 20172021 is incorporated herein at Item 15. Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017,2021, which is incorporated herein at Item 15.

Our management, including our CEO and CFO, does not expect that our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty, and that breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls may be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the control.

43

Table of Contents
The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions; over time, a control may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.

Notwithstanding the foregoing limitations on the effectiveness of controls, we have reached the conclusions set forth in Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017.

2021.

(c) Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

For our fiscal quarter ended August 31, 2017,2021, we did not identify any modifications to our internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.


Item 9B. Other Information

None.

44

Table of Contents
PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our executive officers is included in Item 1 of Part I of this Report under the heading “Executive Officers of the Registrant”.

“Information about our Executive Officers.”

The other information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Election of Directors”, “Beneficial Ownership – Delinquent Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance”Reports”, “Corporate Governance”, “Board of Directors” and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors“Audit Committee Matters” in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after the end of our fiscal year ended August 31, 20172021 (“2017 Proxy Statement”).

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Compensation Matters – Compensation Discussion and Analysis”Matters”, “Corporate Governance and Board“Board of Directors Matters – Director Compensation”, and “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters – Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Beneficial Ownership – Share Ownership by Principal Stockholders and Management” and “Compensation Matters – Equity Compensation Plan Information” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Corporate Governance and Board of Directors Matters”, “Related– Related Party Transactions – Certain Related Party Transactions”, “Determinations“Corporate Governance –Determinations of Director Independence” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.

Item 14. Principal AccountantAccounting Fees and Services

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm“Audit Committee Matters – Principal Accounting Fees and Services” and, “– Policy on Audit Committee Pre-Approval of Audit, Audit-Related and Permissible Non-Audit Services” and “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in our 2017 Proxy Statement.

45

Table of Contents
PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Report:
(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Report:

11.
Financial Statements.Our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto, with the independent registered public accounting firm reports thereon are included in Part IV of this report on the pages indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule.


2.
2
Financial Statement Schedule.Our financial statement schedule is included in Part IV of this report on the page indicated by the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule. This financial statement schedule should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements, and related notes thereto.

Schedules not listed in the Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Schedule have been omitted because they are not applicable, not required, or the information required to be set forth therein is included in the consolidated financial statements or notes thereto.

3.Exhibits.See Item 15(b) below.

(b)Exhibits. The following exhibits are included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.

EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.

3

Description

Exhibits. See Item 15(b) below.
(b)Exhibits. The following exhibits are included as part of, or incorporated by reference into, this Report.
EXHIBIT LIST
Incorporated by Reference Herein
Exhibit No.DescriptionFormExhibitFiling Date/ Period End
3.110-Q3.15/31/2017
3.210-Q3.25/31/2017
4.1Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock. (P)S-113/17/1993
4.28-K4.21/17/2008
4.38-K4.18/6/2012
4.48-K4.38/6/2012
4.58-K4.11/17/2018
4.68-K4.11/15/2020
4.78-K4.17/13/2020
4.88-K4.14/14/2021
4.9*
10.1†Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k). (P)S-13/3/1993
10.2†Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Officers and Directors. (P)S-13/3/1993
10.3a10-Q10.111/30/2018
46

Table of Contents
10.3b10-Q10.211/30/2018
10.3c10-Q10.311/30/2018
10.3d10-Q10.411/30/2018
10.3e10-Q10.511/30/2018
10.3f10-Q10.611/30/2018
10.3g10-Q10.711/30/2018
10.3h10-Q10.111/30/2019
10.3i10-Q10.211/30/2019
10.3j10-Q10.311/30/2019
10.3k10-Q10.411/30/2019
10.3l10-Q10.511/30/2019
10.3m10-Q10.611/30/2019
10.3n10-Q10.711/30/2019
 10.4†14AB12/9/2020
 10.5†14AA12/9/2020
 10.5a10-Q10.22/28/2021
 10.5b10-Q10.32/28/2021
 10.5c10-Q10.42/28/2021
 10.5d10-Q10.52/28/2021
 10.5e10-Q10.62/28/2021
 10.5f10-Q10.72/28/2021
10.6†S-84.12/25/2011
10.78-K10.14/28/2021
21.1*
23.1*
24.1*
47

Table of Contents
  3.1Registrant’s Certificate of Incorporation, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2017.)
  3.2Registrant’s Bylaws, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2017.)
  4.1Form of Certificate for Shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit Amendment No. 1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 17, 1993.)(P)
  4.2Indenture, dated January  16, 2008, with respect to Senior Debt Securities of the Registrant, between the Registrant and The Bank of New York Mellon Trust Company, N.A. (formerly known as The Bank of New York Trust Company, N.A.), as trustee. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on January 17, 2008.)
  4.3Form of 8.250% Registered Senior Notes issued on July  18, 2008. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.12 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2008.)
  4.4Form of 7.750% Registered Senior Notes issued on August  11, 2009. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 12, 2009.)
  4.5Form of 5.625% Registered Senior Notes issued on November  2, 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on November 2, 2010.)
  4.6Form of 4.700% Registered Senior Notes issued on August  3, 2012. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 6, 2012.)
  4.7Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August  11, 2009. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 12, 2009.)
  4.8Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated November  2, 2010. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on November 2, 2010.)
  4.9Officers’ Certificate of the Registrant pursuant to the Indenture, dated August  3, 2012. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant on August 6, 2012.)
10.1†1992 Stock Option Plan and forms of agreement used thereunder, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-37701) filed by the Registrant on October 10, 1997.)
10.2†Restated cash or deferred profit sharing plan under section 401(k). (Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 3, 1993.)(P)
10.3†Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Registrant and its Officers and Directors. Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-58974) filed by the Registrant on March 3, 1993.)(P)
10.4†Jabil 2002 Stock Incentive Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.)
10.4aForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan Stock Option Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.)
10.4bForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-French Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.)
10.4cForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan CSOP Option Certificate (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.3 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.)

Exhibit No.

Description

10.4dForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan-UK Subplan Stock Option Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.4 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2004.)
10.4eForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5f to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2009.)
10.4fForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Time-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5f to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.)
10.4gForm of Jabil Circuit, Inc. Performance-Based Restricted Stock Award Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5g to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2010.)
10.4hForm of Stock Appreciation Right Agreement (prior form). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6.6 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2005.)
10.4i†Addendum to the Terms and Conditions of the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in France. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-106123) filed by the Registrant on June 13, 2003.)
10.4j†Schedule to the Jabil Circuit, Inc. 2002 Stock Incentive Plan for Grantees Resident in the United Kingdom. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-98299) filed by the Registrant on August 16, 2002.)
10.5†Jabil 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan, as amended. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement Schedule 14A (File No. 001-14063) filed on December 9, 2016.)
10.6†Jabil 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan, as Amended and Restated. (Incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Registrant’s Proxy Statement Schedule 14A (File No. 001-14063) filed on December 9, 2016.)
10.6aForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS NON). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6bForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS OEU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6cForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS ONEU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6dForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU2). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended November 30, 2013.)
10.6eForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU2). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended November 30, 2013.)
10.6fForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer2). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended November 30, 2013.)
10.6gForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU3). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7g to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.)

Exhibit No.

Description

31.1*
10.6hForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU3). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7h to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.)
10.6iForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS-Non-Officer3). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7i to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.)
10.6jForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS-Officer – EU4). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6j to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.)
10.6kForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS-Officer – Non-EU4). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6k to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.)
10.6lForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer4). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6l to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.)
10.6mForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – EU5). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6m to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.)
10.6nForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Officer – Non-EU5). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6n to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.)
10.6oForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU EPS Non-Officer5). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6o to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016.)
10.6pForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – EU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6m to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.)
10.6qForm of Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (PBRSU TSR Officer – Non-EU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6n to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.)
10.6rForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU DIR). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6sForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU NON). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6tForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU OEU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6uForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (TBRSU ONEU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2011.)
10.6vForm of Time-Based Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (ACQ TBRSU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended May 31, 2015.)

Exhibit No.

Description

10.6wForm of Cash Bonus Award Agreement. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended November 30, 2012.)
10.6xForm of Cash Bonus Award Agreement (Officer – EU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the fiscal quarter ended February 28, 2013.)
10.6yForm of Cash Bonus Award Agreement (Officer – Non EU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Registrant’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-14063) filed by the Registrant for the quarter ended February 28, 2013.)
10.6zForm of Stock Appreciation Right Award Agreement (SAR Officer – Non EU). (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7q to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2014.)
10.7†Executive Deferred Compensation Plan. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-172443) filed by the Registrant on February 25, 2011.)
10.8Amended and Restated Senior Five Year Credit Agreement, dated as of July  6, 2015, among the Registrant; the initial lenders named therein; Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent; JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as co-syndication agents; BNP Paribas, Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as documentation agents; and Citigroup Global Markets Inc., J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner and Smith Incorporated, BNP Paribas Securities Corp., Mizuho Bank, Ltd. and The Bank of Nova Scotia, as joint lead arrangers and joint bookrunners. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-14063) for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015.)
10.9†Agreement and General Release dated as of June  12, 2017, between Jabil Inc. and William D. Muir, Jr. (Incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-14063) as filed on June 12, 2017.)
21.1*List of Subsidiaries.
23.1*Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
24.1*Power of Attorney (See Signature page).
31.1*
31.2*
32.1*
32.2*
101**101Interactive data files pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T:The following financial information from Jabil’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal period ended August 31, 2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of August 31, 20172021 and August 31, 2016;2020; (ii) Consolidated Statement of Operations for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015;2019; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015;2019; (iv) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Stockholders’ Equity for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015;2019; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015;2019; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

104Cover Page Interactive Data File (Embedded within the inline XBRL Document in Exhibit 101).
Indicates management compensatory plan, contract orof arrangement.
*
*Filed or furnished herewith.
**XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language) Filed Electronically with this report.

Certain instruments with respect to long-term debt of the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries are not filed herewith pursuant to Item 601(b)(4)(iii) of Regulation S-K since the total amount of securities authorized under each such instrument does not exceed 10% of the total assets of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The Company agrees to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the SEC upon request.

(c)Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a) above.

(c)Financial Statement Schedules. See Item 15(a) above.



48

Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SCHEDULE

51

52

Consolidated Financial Statements:

59

60

Financial Statement Schedule:

92


49

Table of Contents
MANAGEMENT’S REPORT ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management of Jabil Inc. (the “Company”) is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule13a-15(f) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Under the supervision of and with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, the Company’s management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017.2021. Management based this assessment on the framework as established inInternal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting.


Based on this assessment, management has concluded that, as of August 31, 2017,2021, the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting.

Ernst & Young LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting which follows this report.

October 19, 2017

22, 2021

50

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Jabil Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017,2021, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries’subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2021, based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a), and our report dated October 22, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’sCompany’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion,

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
Tampa, Florida
October 22, 2021
51

Table of Contents
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017, based
Opinion on the COSO criteria.

Financial Statements

We also have audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), theaccompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of August 31, 20172021 and 2016, and2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2017 of Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries and our report dated October 19, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
     Certified Public Accountants

Tampa, Florida

October 19, 2017

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Jabil Inc.

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries as of August 31, 2017 and 2016,2021, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at August 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended August 31, 2017. Our audits2021, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also includedhave audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial statement schedule listedreporting as of August 31, 2021, based on criteria established in Item 15(a). Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated October 22, 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements and schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on thesethe Company’s financial statements and schedule based on our audits.

We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.


We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supportingregarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An auditOur audits also includes assessingincluded evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statement presentation.statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,

Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements referredthat was communicated or required to above present fairly, in allbe communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material respects,to the consolidated financial position of Jabil Inc.statements and subsidiaries at August 31, 2017 and 2016 and the consolidated results of their operations and their cash flows for each(2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the three yearscritical audit matter does not alter in the period ended August 31, 2017, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Also, inany way our opinion on the related financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidatedfinancial statements, taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respectsand we are not, by communicating the information set forth therein.

We also have audited, in accordance withcritical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the standardscritical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.

52

Table of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Jabil Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of August 31, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated October 19, 2017, expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Contents
Uncertain Tax Positions
Description of the Matter
As disclosed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company operates in a complex multinational tax environment and is subject to laws and regulations in various jurisdictions regarding intercompany transactions. Uncertain tax positions may arise from interpretations and judgments made by the Company in the application of the relevant laws, regulations, and tax rulings. The Company uses significant judgment in (1) determining whether the technical merits of tax positions for certain intercompany transactions are more-likely-than-not to be sustained and (2) measuring the related amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition.

Auditing the tax positions related to certain intercompany transactions was challenging because the recognition and measurement of the tax positions is highly judgmental and is based on interpretations of laws, regulations and tax rulings.
How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit
We tested controls over the Company’s process to assess the technical merits of tax positions related to certain intercompany transactions and also tested controls over the Company’s process to determine the application of the relevant laws, regulations and tax rulings, including management’s process to recognize and measure the related tax positions.

In testing the recognition and measurement criteria, we involved tax professionals to assist in assessing the technical merits of the Company’s tax positions. In addition, we used our knowledge of and experience with the application of domestic and international income tax laws by the relevant tax authorities to evaluate the Company’s accounting for those tax positions. We also assessed the Company’s assumptions and data used to measure the amount of tax benefit that qualifies for recognition and tested the clerical accuracy of the calculations. Lastly, we evaluated the Company’s income tax disclosures included in Note 15 in relation to the Company’s uncertain tax positions.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP
     Certified Public Accountants

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2010.
Tampa, Florida

October 19, 2017

22, 2021


53

Table of Contents

JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands,millions, except for share data)

   August 31, 
   2017  2016 
ASSETS   

Current assets:

   

Cash and cash equivalents

  $1,189,919  $912,059 

Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts

   1,397,424   1,359,610 

Inventories, net of reserve for inventory obsolescence

   2,942,083   2,456,612 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   1,097,257   1,120,100 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   6,626,683   5,848,381 

Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation

   3,228,678   3,331,879 

Goodwill

   608,184   594,773 

Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization

   284,596   296,954 

Deferred income taxes

   205,722   148,859 

Other assets

   142,132   101,831 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $11,095,995  $10,322,677 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY   

Current liabilities:

   

Current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

  $445,498  $45,810 

Accounts payable

   4,257,623   3,593,195 

Accrued expenses

   2,167,472   1,929,051 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   6,870,593   5,568,056 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

   1,632,592   2,074,012 

Other liabilities

   74,237   78,018 

Income tax liabilities

   100,902   90,804 

Deferred income taxes

   49,327   54,290 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   8,727,651   7,865,180 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies

   

Equity:

   

Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity:

   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding

   —     —   

Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; 253,266,684 and 249,763,699 shares issued and 177,727,653 and 186,998,472 shares outstanding at August 31, 2017 and August 31, 2016, respectively

   253   250 

Additional paid-in capital

   2,104,203   2,034,525 

Retained earnings

   1,730,893   1,660,820 

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

   54,620   (39,877

Treasury stock at cost, 75,539,031 and 62,765,227 shares as of August 31, 2017 and August 31, 2016, respectively

   (1,536,455  (1,217,547
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity

   2,353,514   2,438,171 

Noncontrolling interests

   14,830   19,326 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total equity

   2,368,344   2,457,497 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities and equity

  $11,095,995  $10,322,677 
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
ASSETS
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents$1,567 $1,394 
Accounts receivable, net of allowance for doubtful accounts3,141 2,848 
Contract assets998 1,105 
Inventories, net of reserve for excess and obsolete inventory4,414 3,132 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets757 656 
Total current assets10,877 9,135 
Property, plant and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation4,075 3,665 
Operating lease right-of-use asset390 363 
Goodwill715 697 
Intangible assets, net of accumulated amortization182 210 
Deferred income taxes176 165 
Other assets239 162 
Total assets$16,654 $14,397 
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
Current liabilities:
Current installments of notes payable and long-term debt$— $50 
Accounts payable6,841 5,687 
Accrued expenses3,734 3,211 
Current operating lease liabilities108 111 
Total current liabilities10,683 9,059 
Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments2,878 2,678 
Other liabilities334 269 
Non-current operating lease liabilities333 302 
Income tax liabilities178 149 
Deferred income taxes111 115 
Total liabilities14,517 12,572 
Commitments and contingencies00
Equity:
Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity:
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 10,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding— — 
Common stock, $0.001 par value, authorized 500,000,000 shares; 267,418,092 and 263,830,270 shares issued and 144,496,077 and 150,330,358 shares outstanding at August 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020, respectively— — 
Additional paid-in capital2,533 2,414 
Retained earnings2,688 2,041 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(25)(34)
Treasury stock at cost, 122,922,015 and 113,499,912 shares as of August 31, 2021 and August 31, 2020, respectively(3,060)(2,610)
Total Jabil Inc. stockholders’ equity2,136 1,811 
Noncontrolling interests14 
Total equity2,137 1,825 
Total liabilities and equity$16,654 $14,397 

See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

54

Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(in thousands,millions, except for per share data)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Net revenue

  $19,063,121  $18,353,086  $17,899,196 

Cost of revenue

   17,517,478   16,825,382   16,395,978 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   1,545,643   1,527,704   1,503,218 

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative

   907,702   924,427   862,647 

Research and development

   29,680   31,954   27,645 

Amortization of intangibles

   35,524   37,121   24,449 

Restructuring and related charges

   160,395   11,369   33,066 

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   2,112   —     —   
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating income

   410,230   522,833   555,411 

Other expense

   28,448   8,380   5,627 

Interest income

   (12,525  (9,128  (9,953

Interest expense

   138,074   136,536   128,091 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

   256,233   387,045   431,646 

Income tax expense

   129,066   132,149   137,461 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

   127,167   254,896   294,185 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations:

    

Loss from discontinued operations, net of tax

   —     —     (7,698

Loss on sale of discontinued operations, net of tax

   —     —     (875
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

   —     —     (8,573
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

   127,167   254,896   285,612 

Net (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax

   (1,923  801   1,593 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $129,090  $254,095  $284,019 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.:

    

Basic:

    

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $0.71  $1.33  $1.51 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

  $0.00  $0.00  $(0.04
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $0.71  $1.33  $1.47 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted:

    

Income from continuing operations, net of tax

  $0.69  $1.32  $1.49 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Discontinued operations, net of tax

  $0.00  $0.00  $(0.04
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $0.69  $1.32  $1.45 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding:

    

Basic

   181,902   190,413   193,689 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Diluted

   185,838   192,750   196,005 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash dividends declared per share

  $0.32  $0.32  $0.32 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net revenue$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 
Cost of revenue26,926 25,335 23,369 
Gross profit2,359 1,931 1,913 
Operating expenses:
Selling, general and administrative1,213 1,175 1,111 
Research and development34 43 43 
Amortization of intangibles47 56 32 
Restructuring, severance and related charges10 157 26 
Operating income1,055 500 701 
(Gain) loss on securities(2)49 30 
Other (income) expense(11)31 53 
Interest income(6)(15)(21)
Interest expense130 174 188 
Income before income tax944 261 451 
Income tax expense246 204 162 
Net income698 57 289 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests, net of tax
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.$696 $54 $287 
Earnings per share attributable to the stockholders of Jabil Inc.:
Basic$4.69 $0.36 $1.85 
Diluted$4.58 $0.35 $1.81 
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic148.5 151.6 155.6 
Diluted152.1 155.3 158.6 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


55

Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Net income

  $127,167  $254,896  $285,612 

Other comprehensive income:

    

Foreign currency translation adjustment

   41,244   9,672   (116,745

Changes in fair value of derivative instruments, net of tax

   13,434   (18,994  (29,107

Reclassification of net losses realized and included in net income related to derivative instruments, net of tax

   8,749   38,811   12,502 

Unrealized gain (loss) on available for sale securities

   10,611   (5,436  (14,404

Reclassification of losses on available for sale securities into net income

   10,139   —     —   

Actuarial gain (loss), net of tax

   10,372   (12,963  10,080 

Prior service cost, net of tax

   (52  (113  (142
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

   94,497   10,977   (137,816
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income

  $221,664  $265,873  $147,796 

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to noncontrolling interests

   (1,923  801   1,593 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Comprehensive income attributable to Jabil Inc.

  $223,587  $265,072  $146,203 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net income$698 $57 $289 
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Change in foreign currency translation17 (21)(21)
Change in derivative instruments:
Change in fair value of derivatives35 (6)(68)
Adjustment for net (gains) losses realized and included in net income(41)14 20 
Total change in derivative instruments(6)(48)
Change in available for sale securities:
Unrealized loss on available for sale securities— (36)(24)
Adjustment for net losses realized and included in net income— 36 33 
Total change in available for sale securities— — 
Actuarial gain (loss)17 62 (3)
Prior service cost(19)— — 
Total other comprehensive income (loss)49 (63)
Comprehensive income$707 $106 $226 
Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests
Comprehensive income attributable to Jabil Inc.$705 $103 $224 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


56

Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

(in thousands, except for share data)

   Jabil Inc. Stockholders’ Equity       
   Common Stock         Accumulated          
   Shares
Outstanding
  Par
Value
   Additional
Paid-in
Capital
  Retained
Earnings
  Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
  Treasury
Stock
  Noncontrolling
Interests
  Total
Equity
 

Balance as of August 31, 2014

   194,113,850  $244   $1,874,219  $1,245,772  $86,962  $(965,369 $18,540  $2,260,368 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

   36,165   —      —     —     —     —     —     —   

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

   1,005,916   2    18,058   —     —     —     —     18,060 

Vesting of restricted stock awards

   1,706,944   1    (1  —     —     —     —     —   

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

   (402,143  —      —     —     —     (7,606  —     (7,606

Treasury shares purchased

   (4,392,664  —      —     —     —     (85,576  —     (85,576

Recognition of stock-based compensation

   —     —      62,826   —     —     —     —     62,826 

Excess tax benefit of stock awards

   —     —      2   —     —     —     —     2 

Declared dividends

   —     —      —     (60,881  —     —     —     (60,881

Comprehensive income

   —     —      —     284,019   (137,816  —     1,593   147,796 

Adjustment of noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     329   329 

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     (345  (345

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     38   38 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2015

   192,068,068  $247   $1,955,104  $1,468,910  $(50,854 $(1,058,551 $20,155  $2,335,011 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

   19,109   —      —     —     —     —     —     —   

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

   1,246,947   1    20,910   —     —     —     —     20,911 

Vesting of restricted stock awards

   1,817,635   2    (2  —     —     —     —     —   

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

   (462,900  —      —     —     —     (10,656  —     (10,656

Treasury shares purchased

   (7,690,387  —      —     —     —     (148,340  —     (148,340

Recognition of stock-based compensation

   —     —      58,997   —     —     —     —     58,997 

Declared dividends

   —     —      —     (62,185  —     —     —     (62,185

Comprehensive income

   —     —      —     254,095   10,977   —     801   265,873 

Declared dividends to noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     (1,500  (1,500

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

   —     —      (484  —     —     —     (116  (600

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     (14  (14
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2016

   186,998,472  $250   $2,034,525  $1,660,820  $(39,877 $(1,217,547 $19,326  $2,457,497 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Shares issued upon exercise of stock options

   172,620   —      —     —     —     —     —      

Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan

   1,228,316   1    21,791   —     —     —     —     21,792 

Vesting of restricted stock awards

   2,102,049   2    (2  —     —     —     —     —   

Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans

   (550,096  —      —     —     —     (12,268  —     (12,268

Treasury shares purchased

   (12,223,708  —      —     —     —     (306,640  —     (306,640

Recognition of stock-based compensation

   —     —      47,889   —     —     —     —     47,889 

Declared dividends

   —     —      —     (59,017  —     —     —     (59,017

Comprehensive income

   —     —      —     129,090   94,497   —     (1,923  221,664 

Declared dividends to noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     (2,293  (2,293

Purchase of noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     (134  (134

Foreign currency adjustments attributable to noncontrolling interests

   —     —      —     —     —     —     (146  (146
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

   177,727,653  $253   $2,104,203  $1,730,893  $54,620  $(1,536,455 $14,830  $2,368,344 
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Total stockholders’ equity, beginning balances$1,825 $1,900 $1,962 
Common stock:— — — 
Additional paid-in capital:
Beginning balances2,414 2,305 2,219 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan39 30 27 
Purchase of noncontrolling interest(14)— — 
Recognition of stock-based compensation94 79 59 
Ending balances2,533 2,414 2,305 
Retained earnings:
Beginning balances2,041 2,037 1,760 
Declared dividends(49)(50)(51)
Cumulative effect adjustment for adoption of new accounting standards— — 41 
Net income attributable to Jabil Inc.696 54 287 
Ending balances2,688 2,041 2,037 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss:
Beginning balances(34)(83)(20)
Other comprehensive income (loss)49 (63)
Ending balances(25)(34)(83)
Treasury stock:
Beginning balances(2,610)(2,372)(2,010)
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans(22)(23)(12)
Treasury shares purchased(428)(215)(350)
Ending balances(3,060)(2,610)(2,372)
Noncontrolling interests:
Beginning balances14 13 13 
Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests
(Purchase) or acquisition of noncontrolling interests(12)— 
Disposition of noncontrolling interests— — (2)
Declared dividends to noncontrolling interests(3)(2)(1)
Ending balances14 13 
Total stockholders’ equity, ending balances$2,137 $1,825 $1,900 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


57

Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Cash flows from operating activities:

    

Net income

  $127,167  $254,896  $285,612 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   760,405   696,752   529,176 

Restructuring and related charges

   94,346   1,170   4,445 

Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts

   10,112   919   9,752 

Recognition of stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   48,544   58,997   62,560 

Deferred income taxes

   (63,001  (23,155  (10,912

Loss on sale of property, plant and equipment

   1,989   12,921   12,316 

Other, net

   20,120   8,448   659 

Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:

    

Accounts receivable

   (31,353  122,115   (292,706

Inventories

   (445,089  67,966   (483,071

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   19,346   (194,337  113,012 

Other assets

   (30,413  (4,425  25,034 

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities

   744,470   (86,060  984,651 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   1,256,643   916,207   1,240,528 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows used in investing activities:

    

Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash

   (36,620  (242,143  (177,632

Proceeds from sale of discontinued operations and subsidiaries, net of cash

   —     —     10,191 

Acquisition of property, plant and equipment

   (716,485  (924,239  (963,145

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

   175,000   26,031   15,784 

Issuance of notes receivable

   —     (29,380  —   

Investments in non-marketable equity securities

   (2,033  (10,250  (11,939

Other, net

   673   —     5,294 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (579,465  (1,179,981  (1,121,447
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

    

Borrowings under debt agreements

   7,434,107   6,904,215   5,966,937 

Payments toward debt agreements

   (7,479,150  (6,445,922  (5,988,232

Payments to acquire treasury stock

   (306,640  (148,340  (85,576

Dividends paid to stockholders

   (59,959  (62,436  (63,138

Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan

   21,791   20,910   18,062 

Treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock

   (12,268  (10,656  (7,606

Other, net

   (2,427  (4,259  (3,242
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

   (404,546  253,512   (162,795
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

   5,228   8,358   (42,572
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

   277,860   (1,904  (86,286

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

   912,059   913,963   1,000,249 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

  $1,189,919  $912,059  $913,963 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure information:

    

Interest paid, net of capitalized interest

  $130,635  $128,013  $118,891 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income taxes paid, net of refunds received

  $187,871  $140,704  $143,580 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Cash flows provided by operating activities:
Net income$698 $57 $289 
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization876 795 772 
Restructuring and related charges41 (4)
Recognition of stock-based compensation expense and related charges102 83 61 
Deferred income taxes(13)29 21 
Loss (gain) on sale of property, plant and equipment14 29 (3)
Provision for allowance for doubtful accounts and notes receivable32 16 
(Gain) loss on securities(2)49 30 
Other, net13 22 40 
Change in operating assets and liabilities, exclusive of net assets acquired:
Accounts receivable(283)(136)(587)
Contract assets116 (105)(878)
Inventories(1,276)(77)483 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets(90)(144)29 
Other assets(43)(11)(38)
Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities1,310 593 962 
Net cash provided by operating activities1,433 1,257 1,193 
Cash flows used in investing activities:
Acquisition of property, plant and equipment(1,159)(983)(1,005)
Proceeds and advances from sale of property, plant and equipment366 187 218 
Cash paid for business and intangible asset acquisitions, net of cash(50)(147)(153)
Repurchase of sold receivables(99)— — 
Cash receipts on repurchased receivables95 — — 
Cash receipts on sold receivables— — 97 
Other, net(4)22 (29)
Net cash used in investing activities(851)(921)(872)
Cash flows used in financing activities:
Borrowings under debt agreements1,724 12,777 11,986 
Payments toward debt agreements(1,613)(12,544)(12,013)
Payments to acquire treasury stock(428)(215)(350)
Dividends paid to stockholders(50)(50)(52)
Net proceeds from exercise of stock options and issuance of common stock under employee stock purchase plan39 30 27 
Treasury stock minimum tax withholding related to vesting of restricted stock(22)(23)(12)
Other, net(63)(40)(2)
Net cash used in financing activities(413)(65)(416)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents(40)— 
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents173 231 (95)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period1,394 1,163 1,258 
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period$1,567 $1,394 $1,163 
Supplemental disclosure information:
Interest paid, net of capitalized interest$124 $183 $186 
Income taxes paid, net of refunds received$211 $164 $168 
See accompanying notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

58

Table of Contents
JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Jabil Inc. (together with its subsidiaries, herein referred to as the “Company”) is an independent providerone of the leading providers of manufacturing services and solutions. The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in the automotivevarious industries and transportation, capital equipment, consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies, computing and storage, defense and aerospace, digital home, healthcare, industrial and energy, mobility, networking and telecommunications, packaging, point of sale and printing industries.end markets. The Company’s services combine a highly automated, continuous flow manufacturing approach with advanced electronic design and design for manufacturability technologies. The Company is headquartered in St. Petersburg, Florida and has manufacturing operations principally in the Americas, Europe Asia and Africa.

Asia.

Significant accounting policies followed by the Company are as follows:

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts and operations of the Company, and its wholly-owned and majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in preparing the consolidated financial statements.

The Company has made certain reclassification adjustments to conform prior periods’ Consolidated Financial Statements and Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements to the current presentation.

Use of Accounting Estimates

Management is required to make estimates and assumptions during the preparation of the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”). These estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ materially from these estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash equivalents consist of investments that are readily convertible to cash with original maturities of 90 days or less. As of August 31, 2017 and 2016 there were $71.5 million and $22.4 million of cash equivalents, respectively.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of trade receivables and other miscellaneous receivables. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts for estimatedbased on historical losses, resultingthe age of past due receivables, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from the inability of its customers to make required payments.customers. Bad debts are charged to this allowance after all attempts to collect the balance are exhausted. Allowances of $14.1 million and $11.1 million were recorded as of August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. As the financial condition and circumstances of the Company’s customers change, adjustments to the allowance for doubtful accounts are made as necessary.

Contract Balances
Timing of revenue recognition may differ from the timing of invoicing to customers. The Company records an asset when revenue is recognized prior to invoicing a customer (“contract assets”) while a liability is recognized when a customer pays an invoice prior to the Company transferring control of the goods or services (“contract liabilities”). Amounts recognized as contract assets are generally transferred to receivables in the succeeding quarter due to the short-term nature of the manufacturing cycle. Contract assets are classified separately on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and transferred to receivables when right to payment becomes unconditional.
The Company maintains an allowance for credit losses related to contract assets based on historical losses, credit quality of our customers, current economic conditions, and other factors that may affect our ability to collect from our customers.
Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market and use(on a first in, first out (FIFO) method.

basis) and net realizable value. Inventory is valued based on current and forecasted usage, customer inventory-related contractual obligations and other lower of cost and net realizable value considerations. If actual market conditions or customer product demands are less favorable than those projected, additional valuation adjustments may be necessary.

Fulfillment Costs    
59

The Company capitalizes costs incurred to fulfill its contracts that i) relate directly to the contract or anticipated contracts, ii) are expected to generate or enhance the Company’s resources that will be used to satisfy the performance obligation under the contract, and iii) are expected to be recovered through revenue generated from the contract. Capitalized fulfillment costs are amortized to cost of revenue as the Company satisfies the related performance obligations under the contract with approximate lives ranging from 1 year to 3 years. These costs, which are included in prepaid expenses and other current assets and other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets, generally represent upfront costs incurred to prepare for manufacturing activities.
The Company assesses the capitalized fulfillment costs for impairment at the end of each reporting period. The Company will recognize an impairment loss to the extent the carrying amount of the capitalized costs exceeds the recoverable amount. Recoverability is assessed by considering the capitalized fulfillment costs in relation to the forecasted profitability of the related manufacturing performance obligations.
As of August 31, 2021 and 2020, capitalized costs to fulfill were $133 million and $85 million, respectively. Amortization of fulfillment costs were $58 million, $57 million and $49 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively. Immaterial or no impairments for fulfillment costs were recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
Property, Plant and Equipment, net

Property, plant and equipment is capitalized at cost and depreciated using the straight-line depreciation method over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Estimated useful lives for major classes of depreciable assets are as follows:

Asset Class

Estimated Useful Life

Buildings

Up to 35 years

Leasehold improvements

Shorter of lease term or useful life of the improvement

Machinery and equipment

2 to 10 years

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

5 years

Computer hardware and software

3 to 7 years

Transportation equipment

3 years

Certain equipment held under capital leases is classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under capital leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Maintenance and repairs are expensed as incurred. The cost and related accumulated depreciation of assets sold or retired is removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is reflected in the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a component of operating income.

Leases
Following the adoption of Accounting Standards Update No. 2016-02 (“ASU 2016-02”), Leases (Topic 842) on September 1, 2019, the Company elected to apply the package of practical expedients, which among other things, allows entities to maintain the historical lease classification for existing leases. The Company has lease agreements that contain both lease and non-lease components. For lease agreements entered into or reassessed after the adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company has elected the practical expedient to combine lease and non-lease components for building and real estate leases.

The Company primarily has leases for buildings, real estate, machinery and equipment with lease terms ranging from 1 year to 35 years. Leases for other classes of assets are not significant. For any leases with an initial term in excess of 12 months, the Company determines whether an arrangement is a lease at contract inception by evaluating if the contract conveys the right to use and control the specific property or equipment. Certain lease agreements contain purchase or renewal options. These options are included in the lease term when it is reasonably certain that the Company will exercise that option. Generally, the Company’s lease agreements do not contain material restrictive covenants.
Right-of-use assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent an obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of future lease payments over the lease term at the lease commencement date. When determining the present value of future payment, the Company uses the incremental borrowing rate when the implicit rate is not readily determinable. Any payment deemed probable under residual value guarantees is included in lease payments. Any variable payments, other than those that depend on an index or rate, are excluded from right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are not recorded as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheet. Lease expense for these leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
60

Certain equipment and buildings held under finance leases are classified as property, plant and equipment and the related obligation is recorded as accrued expenses and other liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Amortization of assets held under finance leases is included in depreciation expense in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for goodwill in a business combination as the excess of the cost over the fair value of net assets acquired and is assigned to the reporting unit in which the acquired business will operate. The Company tests goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may not be recoverable.

The recoverability of goodwill is measured at the reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that a reporting unit is impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value, the Company determines the fair value of its reporting units based on an average weighting of both projected discounted future results and the use of comparative market multiples. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, goodwill is considered impaired and a second step is performed to measureloss recognized in the amount of loss, if any.

equal to that excess.

The recoverability of indefinite-lived intangible assets is measured by comparing the carrying amount to the fair value. The Company may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible is impaired. If the qualitative assessment is not performed or if the Company determines that it is not more likely than not that the fair value of itsan indefinite-lived intangible assetsexceeds the carrying value, the Company determines the fair value principally based on a variation of the income approach, known as the relief from royalty method. If the carrying amount of the indefinite-lived intangible asset exceeds its fair value, the indefinite-lived intangible asset is considered impaired.

Business combinations can also result in other intangible assets being recognized. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on either a straight-line or accelerated basis over their estimated useful life and include contractual agreements and customer relationships, tradenames and intellectual property. No significant residual values are estimated for the amortizable intangible assets.

Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, and finite-lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset or asset group may not be recoverable. Recoverability of the asset or asset group is measured by comparing its carrying amount to the undiscounted future net cash flows the asset is expected to generate. If the carrying amount of an asset or asset group is not recoverable, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the long-lived asset or asset group over its respective fair value, which is generally determined as the present value of estimated future cash flows or as the appraised value.

Derivative Instruments

All derivative instruments are recorded gross on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at their respective fair values. The accounting for changes in the fair value of a derivative instrument depends on the intended use and designation of the derivative instrument. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative and the offsetting gain or loss on the hedged item attributable to the hedged risk are recognized in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are designated and qualify as a cash flow hedge, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivative instrument is initially reported as a component of AOCI,accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”), net of tax, and is subsequently reclassified into the line item within the Consolidated Statements of Operations in which the hedged items are recorded in the same period in which the hedged item affects earnings. The ineffective portion of the gain or loss is recognized immediately in current earnings. For derivative instruments that are not designated as hedging instruments, gains and losses from changes in fair values are recognized in earnings. Cash receipts and cash payments related to derivative instruments are recorded in the same category as the cash flows from the items being hedged on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income

The following table sets forth the changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”),AOCI, net of tax, by component during the fiscal year ended August 31, 20172021 (in thousands)millions):

   Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment (1)
   Derivative
Instruments (2)
   Actuarial
(Loss) Gain (3)
  Prior
Service Cost (3)
  Available
for Sale
Securities (4)
  Total 

Balance as of August 31, 2016

  $16,338   $7,784   $(43,587 $941  $(21,353 $(39,877

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

   35,297    13,434    8,443   86   10,611   67,871 

Amounts reclassified from AOCI

   5,947    8,749    1,929   (138  10,139   26,626 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

   41,244    22,183    10,372   (52  20,750   94,497 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

  $57,582   $29,967   $(33,215 $889  $(603 $54,620 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

61

Table of Contents
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustment
Derivative
Instruments
Actuarial
Gain (Loss) 
Prior
Service (Cost) Credit
Total
Balance as of August 31, 2020$(37)$(30)$34 $(1)$(34)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications17 35 

33 (20)65 
Amounts reclassified from AOCI— (41)

(16)

(56)
Other comprehensive income (loss)(1)
17 (6)17 (19)
Balance as of August 31, 2021$(20)$(36)$51 $(20)$(25)
(1)There is no tax benefit (expense) related to the foreign currency translation adjustment components of AOCI, including reclassification adjustments, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016.
(1)Amounts are net of tax, which are immaterial.
The following table sets forth the amounts reclassified from AOCI into the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and the associated financial statement line item, net of tax, for the periods indicated (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
Comprehensive Income ComponentsFinancial Statement Line Item202120202019
Realized (gains) losses on derivative instruments:(1)
Foreign exchange contractsCost of revenue$(44)$15 $22 
Interest rate contractsInterest expense(1)(2)
Actuarial (gain) loss(2)(16)(3)
Prior service cost(2)— — 
Available for sale securities(Gain) loss on securities— 36 33 
Total amounts reclassified from AOCI(3)
$(56)$47 $54 
(2)The portions of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 for derivative instruments were primarily classified as a component of cost of revenue. The portion that is expected to be reclassified into earnings during the next 12 months will primarily be classified as a component of cost of revenue. The annual tax benefit (expense) for unrealized gains on derivative instruments, including reclassification adjustments, is $(1.9) million and $(4.0) million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The accumulated tax benefit (expense) for unrealized gains on derivative instruments, including reclassification adjustments, is $13.4 million and $15.3 million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively.
(3)The portions of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 for actuarial gain and prior service cost are included in the computation of net periodic benefit pension cost. Refer to Note 10 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” for additional information. The tax benefit (expense) for actuarial gain, including reclassification adjustments, is $(1.0) million and $0.6 million, and for prior service cost, including reclassification adjustments, is $(0.3) million and $(0.3) million for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016.
(4)The portion of AOCI reclassified into earnings during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017 for available for sale securities was due to an other than temporary impairment on securities and was classified as a component of other expense. There is no tax benefit (expense) related to the available for sale securities components of AOCI, including reclassification adjustments, for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016.

(1)The Company expects to reclassify $6 million into earnings during the next twelve months, which will primarily be classified as a component of cost of revenue.
(2)Amounts are included in the computation of net periodic benefit pension cost. Refer to Note 10 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” for additional information.
(3)Amounts are net of tax, which are immaterial for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019.
Foreign Currency Transactions

For the Company’s foreign subsidiaries that use a currency other than the U.S. dollar as their functional currency, the assets and liabilities are translated at exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date, and revenues and expenses are translated at the average exchange rate for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income. Gains and losses arising from transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the entity involved are included in operating income.

Revenue Recognition

The Company provides comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services to companies in various industries and end markets. The Company derives substantially all of its revenue from production and product management services (collectively referred to as “manufacturing services”), which encompasses the act of producing tangible componentsproducts that are built to customer specifications, which are then provided to the customer.
The Company recognizesgenerally enters into manufacturing service contracts with its customers that provide the framework under which business will be conducted and customer purchase orders will be received for specific quantities and with predominantly fixed pricing. As a result, the Company considers its contract with a customer to be the combination of the manufacturing service contract and the purchase order, or any agreements or other similar documents.
The majority of the Company's manufacturing service contracts relate to manufactured products which have no alternative use and for which the Company has an enforceable right to payment for the work completed to date. As a result, revenue is recognized over time when or as the Company transfers control of the promised products or services (known as performance obligations) to its customers. For certain other contracts with customers that do not meet the over time revenue
62

Table of Contents
recognition criteria, transfer of control occurs at a point in time which generally occurs upon delivery and transfer of risk and title to the customer.
Most of the Company's contracts have a single performance obligation as the promise to transfer the individual manufactured product or service is capable of being distinct and is distinct within the context of the contract. For the majority of customers, performance obligations are satisfied over time based on the continuous transfer of control as manufacturing services revenue when such tangible components are shipped to or the goodsperformed and are received by the customer, title and risk of ownership have passed, the price to the buyer is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured (net of estimated returns). generally completed in less than one year.
The Company also derives revenue to a lesser extent from electronic design services to certain customers. Revenue from electronic design services is generally recognized over time as the services are performed.
For the Company’s over time customers, it believes the measure of progress which best depicts the transfer of control is based on costs incurred to date, relative to total estimated cost at completion (i.e., an input method). This method is a faithful depiction of the transfer of goods or services because it results in the recognition of revenue on the basis of the Company's to-date efforts in the satisfaction of a performance obligation relative to the total expected efforts in the satisfaction of the performance obligation. The Company believes that the use of an input method best depicts the transfer of control to the customer, which occurs as the Company incurs costs on its contracts. The transaction price of each performance obligation is generally based upon completion and acceptance by the respective customer. contractual stand-alone selling price of the product or service.
Certain contracts with customers include variable consideration, such as periodic cost of materials adjustments, rebates, discounts, or returns. The Company recognizes estimates of this variable consideration that are not expected to result in a significant revenue reversal in the future, primarily based on the most likely level of consideration to be paid to the customer under the specific terms of the underlying programs.
Taxes collected from the Company’s customers and remitted to governmental authorities are presented within the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations on a net basis.basis and are excluded from the transaction price. The Company has elected to account for shipping and handling activities related to contracts with customers as costs to fulfill the promise to transfer the goods. Accordingly, the Company records customer payments of shipping and handling costs reimbursed by the customer inas a component of net revenue, and classifies such costs as a component of cost of revenue. Upfront payments from customers are recorded upon receipt as deferred income and are recognized as revenue as the related manufacturing services are provided.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes stock-based compensation expense, reduced for estimated forfeitures, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the award, which is generally the vesting period for outstanding stock awards.

The stock-based compensation expense for time-based and performance basedperformance-based restricted stock unit awards (“restricted stock units”) is measured at fair value on the date of grant based on the number of shares expected to vest and the quoted market price of the Company’s common stock. For restricted stock awardsunits with performance conditions, stock-based compensation expense is originally based on the number of shares that would vest if the Company achieved 100% of the performance goal, which is the intended outcome at the grant date. Throughout the requisite service period, management monitors the probability of achievement of the performance condition. If it becomes probable, based on the Company’s performance, that more or less than the current estimate of the awarded shares will vest, an adjustment to stock-based compensation expense will be recognized as a change in accounting estimate in the period thethat such probability changes.

The stock-based compensation expense for market-based restricted stock awardsunits is measured at fair value on the date of grant. The market conditions are considered in the grant date fair value using a Monte Carlo valuation model, which utilizes multiple input variables to determine the probability of the Company achieving the specified market conditions. Stock-based compensation expense related to an award with a market condition will be recognized over the requisite service period regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service period has been completed.

The Company capitalizes stock-based compensation costs related to awards granted to employees whose compensation costs are directly attributable to the cost of inventory.

The Company currently expects to satisfy share-based awards with registered shares available to be issued.

See Note 12 – “Stockholders’ Equity” for further discussion of stock-based compensation expense.

Income Taxes

Deferred tax assets (“DTA”) and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax basis. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in the
63

Table of Contents
tax rate is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date of the rate change. The Company records a valuation allowance to reduce its deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized. The Company considers future taxable income and ongoing feasible tax planning strategies in assessing the need for the valuation allowance.

The Company records the effects of the Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income (“GILTI”) as a period cost and applies the incremental cash tax savings approach when analyzing the impact GILTI could have on its U.S. valuation allowance.  The incremental cash tax savings approach considers the realizable benefit of a net operating loss and deferred tax assets by comparing the incremental cash taxes in the calculation of GILTI with and without the net operating loss and other DTAs.
Earnings Per Share

The Company calculates its basic earnings per share by dividing net income attributable to Jabil Inc. by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during the period. The Company’s diluted earnings per share is calculated in a similar manner, but includes the effect of dilutive securities. The difference between the weighted average number of basic shares outstanding and the weighted average number of diluted shares outstanding is primarily due to dilutive unvested restricted stock awards.

units and dilutive stock appreciation rights.

Potential shares of common stock are excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share when their effect would be antidilutive. Performance-based restricted stock awardsunits are considered dilutive when the related performance criterion have been met assuming the end of the reporting period represents the end of the performance period. All potential shares of common stock are antidilutive in periods of net loss. DilutivePotential shares outstandingof common stock not included in the computation of earnings per share because their effect would have been antidilutive or because the performance criterion was antidilutivenot met were as follows (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Stock options

   —      —      218 

Stock appreciation rights

   265    2,381    3,585 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Restricted stock units655.0 728.3 795.8 
Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The

Fair value is categorized in one of three levels based on the lowest level of the fair-value hierarchy include:significant input used. Level 1 – quoted market prices in active markets for identical assets and liabilities; Level 2 – inputs other than quoted market prices included in Level 1 that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly; and Level 3 – unobservable inputs for the asset or liability.

The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. Refer to Note 3 – “Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs”, Note 9 – “Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations”, Note 10 – “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” and Note 14 –“Derivative Financial Instruments and Hedging Activities” for disclosure surrounding the fair value of the Company’s deferred purchase price receivables, debt obligations, pension plan assets and derivative financial instruments, respectively.

Refer to Note 2 – “Discontinued Operations” for discussion of the Company’s Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock. The Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock is valued each reporting period using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs) based on an interest rate lattice model and is classified as an available for sale security with an unrealized gain (loss) recorded to accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). The unobservable inputs have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculation of the Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock. As of August 31, 2017, the fair value was $49.8 million, and is included within other assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

2. Discontinued Operations

On December 17, 2013, the Company announced that it entered into a stock purchase agreement with iQor Holdings, Inc. (“iQor”) for the sale of Jabil’s Aftermarket Services (“AMS”) business for consideration of $725.0 million, which consisted of $675.0 million in cash and an aggregate liquidation preference value of $50.0 million in Senior Non-Convertible Cumulative Preferred Stock of iQor that accretes dividends at an annual rate of 8 percent and is redeemable in nine years or upon a change in control. On April 1, 2014, the Company completed the sale of the AMS business except for the sale of the Malaysian operations, which was completed on December 31, 2014.

The purchase price was finalized during fiscal year 2015 and was reduced by $100.2 million for cash, indebtedness, taxes, interest and certain working capital accounts of the Company’s AMS business. Also, as part of this transaction, the Company is subject to a limited covenant not to compete.

For all periods presented, the operating results associated with this business have been reclassified into discontinued operations, net of tax in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Net revenue of $14.6 million was included in discontinued operations for fiscal year 2015.

3. Trade Accounts Receivable Securitization and Sale Programs

The Company regularly sells designated pools of high credit quality trade accounts receivable under two asset-backed securitization programs and five uncommitted trade accounts receivable sale programs (collectively referred to herein asunaffiliated financial institutions without recourse. As these accounts receivable are sold without recourse, the “programs”).Company does not retain the associated risks following the transfer of such accounts receivable to the respective financial institutions. The Company continues servicing the receivables sold and in exchange receives a servicing fee under each of the trade accounts receivable sale programs. Servicing fees related to each of the trade accounts receivable sale programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 were not material. The Company does not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company estimates that the fee it receives to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.

Transfers of the receivables under the trade accounts receivable sale programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the trade accounts receivable sale programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

The following is a summary of the trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions where the Company may elect to sell receivables and the unaffiliated financial institution may elect to purchase, at a discount, on an
64

ongoing basis:
Program
Maximum
Amount
(in millions)
(1)
Type of
Facility
Expiration
Date
A$600 UncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
B$150 UncommittedNovember 30, 2021
C400 CNYUncommittedAugust 31, 2023
D$150 UncommittedMay 4, 2023(3)
E$150 UncommittedJanuary 25, 2022(4)
F$50 UncommittedFebruary 23, 2023(5)
G$100 UncommittedAugust 10, 2022(6)
H$100 UncommittedJuly 21, 2022(7)
I$550 UncommittedDecember 4, 2021(8)
J$135 UncommittedApril 11, 2022(9)
K100 CHFUncommittedDecember 5, 2021(2)
L$90 UncommittedJanuary 23, 2022
(1)Maximum amount of trade accounts receivable that may be sold under a facility at any one time.
(2)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(3)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 30 days prior notice.
(4)The program will be automatically extended through January 25, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(5)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.
(6)The program will be automatically extended through August 10, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(7)The program will be automatically extended through August 21, 2023 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(8)The program will be automatically extended through December 5, 2024 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
(9)The program will be automatically extended through April 11, 2025 unless either party provides 30 days notice of termination.
In connection with the trade accounts receivable sale programs, the Company recognized the following (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Trade accounts receivable sold$4,654 $8,457 $6,751 
Cash proceeds received$4,651 $8,440 $6,723 
Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables(1)
$$17 $28 
(1)Recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
3. Inventories
Inventories consist of the following (in millions):
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Raw materials$3,142 $2,390 
Work in process677 451 
Finished goods680 376 
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory(85)(85)
Inventories, net$4,414 $3,132 
4. Property, Plant and Equipment
65

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in millions):
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Land and improvements$143 $142 
Buildings1,216 1,152 
Leasehold improvements1,249 1,144 
Machinery and equipment5,216 4,686 
Furniture, fixtures and office equipment234 222 
Computer hardware and software819 760 
Transportation equipment
Construction in progress222 76 
9,108 8,191 
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization5,033 4,526 
$4,075 $3,665 
Depreciation and maintenance and repair expenses were as follows for the periods indicated (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Depreciation expense$828 $739 $740 
Maintenance and repair expense$381 $334 $288 
As of August 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had $703 million and $422 million, respectively, included in accounts payable for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment, which is considered a non-cash investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
5. Leases
The following table sets forth the amount of lease assets and lease liabilities included on the Company's Consolidated Balance Sheets, as of the periods indicated (in millions):
Financial Statement Line ItemAugust 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Assets
Operating lease assets (1)
Operating lease right-of-use assets$390 $363 
Finance lease assets (2)
Property, plant and equipment, net318 160 
Total lease assets$708 $523 
Liabilities
Current
Operating lease liabilitiesCurrent operating lease liabilities$108 $111 
Finance lease liabilitiesAccrued expenses96 
Non-current
Operating lease liabilitiesNon-current operating lease liabilities333 302 
Finance lease liabilitiesOther liabilities223 161 
Total lease liabilities$760 $581 
(1)Net of accumulated amortization of $165 million and $96 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
(2)Net of accumulated amortization of $41 million and $13 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
The following table is a summary of expenses related to leases included on the Company's Consolidated Statements of Operations, for the periods indicated (in millions):
66

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Operating lease cost$119 $114 
Finance lease cost
Amortization of leased assets27 
Interest on lease liabilities
Other27 15 
Net lease cost(1)
$178 $140 
(1)Lease costs are primarily recognized in cost of revenue.
The following table is a summary of the weighted-average remaining lease terms and weighted-average discount rates of the Company's leases, as of the periods indicated:
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Weighted-average remaining lease termWeighted-average discount rateWeighted-average remaining lease termWeighted-average discount rate
Operating leases5.6 years3.09 %5.4 years3.18 %
Finance leases3.4 years2.51 %5.7 years4.28 %
The following table sets forth other supplemental information related to the Company's lease portfolio (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash flows for operating leases(1)
$121 $112 
Operating cash flows for finance leases(1)
Financing activities for finance leases(2)
39 
Non-cash right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:
Operating leases141 91 
Finance leases190 112 
(1)Included in accounts payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities in Operating Activities of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
(2)Included in payments toward debt agreements in Financing Activities of the Company's Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
The future minimum lease payments under operating and finance leases as of August 31, 2021 were as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ending August 31,
Operating Leases(1)
Finance Leases(1)(2)
Total
2022$118 $101 $219 
202390 70 160 
202475 17 92 
202557 47 104 
202640 87 127 
Thereafter109 18 127 
Total minimum lease payments$489 $340 $829 
Less: Interest(48)(21)(69)
Present value of lease liabilities$441 $319 $760 
(1)Excludes $72 million of payments related to leases signed but not yet commenced. Additionally, certain leases signed but not yet commenced contain residual value guarantees and purchase options not deemed probable.
67

(2)As of August 31, 2021, the future minimum lease payments exclude $155 million of residual value guarantees that could potentially come due in future periods. The Company does not believe it is probable that any amounts will be owed under these guarantees. Therefore, no amounts related to the residual value guarantees are included in the lease payments used to measure the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
6. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
The Company completed its annual impairment analysis for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2021. The qualitative assessment was performed and the Company determined that it is more likely than not that the fair values of the reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets were in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment analysis.
The following table presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
EMSDMSTotal
Balance as of August 31, 2019$74 $548 $622 
Acquisitions and adjustments— 62 62 
Change in foreign currency exchange rates— 13 13 
Balance as of August 31, 202074 623 697 
Acquisitions and adjustments— 17 17 
Change in foreign currency exchange rates— 
Balance as of August 31, 2021$74 $641 $715 
The following table is a summary of the Company’s gross goodwill balances and accumulated impairments as of the periods indicated (in millions):
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Impairment
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Impairment
Goodwill$1,735 $1,020 $1,717 $1,020 
The following table presents the Company’s total purchased intangible assets as of August 31, 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
 Weighted
Average
Amortization
Period
(in years)
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Gross
Carrying
Amount
Accumulated
Amortization
Net
Carrying
Amount
Contractual agreements and customer relationships12$304 $(217)$87 $302 $(200)$102 
Intellectual property8191 (169)22 174 (164)10 
Finite-lived trade namesNot applicable78 (56)22 78 (31)47 
Trade namesIndefinite51 — 51 51 — 51 
Total intangible assets11$624 $(442)$182 $605 $(395)$210 
Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2021, 2020 and 2019 was approximately $47 million, $56 million and $32 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
2022$32 
202330 
202415 
202514 
202611 
Thereafter29 
Total$131 
68


7. Notes Payable and Long-Term Debt
Notes payable and long-term debt outstanding as of August 31, 2021 and 2020 are summarized below (in millions):
Maturity DateAugust 31, 2021August 31, 2020
4.700% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Sep 15, 2022$499 $499 
4.900% Senior Notes(1)
Jul 14, 2023300 299 
3.950% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Jan 12, 2028496 495 
3.600% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Jan 15, 2030495 495 
3.000% Senior Notes(1)(2)
Jan 15, 2031591 590 
1.700% Senior Notes(1)(2)(3)
Apr 15, 2026496 — 
Borrowings under credit facilities(4)(5)
Jan 22, 2024 and Jan 22, 2026— — 
Borrowings under loans(3)
Jul 31, 2026350 
Total notes payable and long-term debt2,878 2,728 
Less current installments of notes payable and long-term debt— 50 
Notes payable and long-term debt, less current installments$2,878 $2,678 
(1)The notes are carried at the principal amount of each note, less any unamortized discount and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)The Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.
(3)On April 14, 2021, the Company issued $500 million of publicly registered 1.700% Senior Notes due 2026 (the “1.700% Senior Notes”). The Company used the net proceeds for general corporate purposes, including repayment of the prior $300 million Term Loan Facility.
(4)On April 28, 2021, the Company entered into an amendment (the “Amendment”) to its senior unsecured credit agreement dated as of January 22, 2020 (the “Credit Facility”). The Amendment, among other things, (i) increased the commitments available under the three-year revolving credit facility (the “Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility”) from $700 million to $1.2 billion, (ii) instituted certain sustainability-linked adjustments to the interest rates applicable to borrowings under the Credit Facility and (iii) extended the termination date of the Three-Year Revolving Credit Facility to January 22, 2024, and of the Five-Year Revolving Credit Facility of $2.0 billion to January 22, 2026.
(5)As of August 31, 2021, the Company has $3.8 billion in available unused borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facilities. The Credit Facility acts as the back-up facility for commercial paper outstanding, if any. The Company has a borrowing capacity of up to $1.8 billion under its commercial paper program.
In the ordinary course of business, the Company has letters of credit and surety bonds with banks and insurance companies outstanding of $75 million as of August 31, 2021. Unused letters of credit were $76 million as of August 31, 2021. Letters of credit and surety bonds are generally available for draw down in the event the Company does not perform.
Debt Maturities
Debt maturities as of August 31, 2021 are as follows (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
2022$— 
2023799 
2024— 
2025— 
2026496 
Thereafter1,583 
Total$2,878 
Debt Covenants
Borrowings under the Company’s debt agreements are subject to various covenants that limit the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, effect mergers and certain transactions, and effect certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates. In addition, the revolving credit facilities and the 4.900% Senior Notes contain debt leverage and
69

interest coverage covenants. The Company is also subject to certain covenants requiring the Company to offer to repurchase the 4.700%, 4.900%, 3.950%, 3.600%, 3.000% or 1.700% Senior Notes upon a change of control. As of August 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.
Fair Value
Refer to Note 17 – “Fair Value Measurements” for the estimated fair values of the Company’s notes payable and long-term debt.
8. Asset-Backed Securitization Programs

The

Global asset-backed securitization program - Effective August 20, 2021, the global securitization program (formerly referred to as the North American asset-backed securitization program) terms were amended to: (i) add a foreign entity to the program, (ii) increase the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available at any one time from $390 million to $600 million and (iii) extend the expiration date of the program to November 25, 2024. As of August 31, 2021, the Company had up to $24 million in available liquidity under its global asset-backed securitization program.

Certain entities participating in the global asset-backed securitization program continuously sellssell designated pools of trade accounts receivable to a special purpose entity, which in turn sells certain of the receivables at a discount under its North American asset-backed securitization program and its foreign asset-backed securitization program (collectively referred to herein as the “asset-backed securitization programs”) to special purpose entities, which in turn sell 100% of the receivables to: (i) conduits administered by unaffiliated financial institutions for the North American asset-backed securitization program and (ii) to an unaffiliated financial institution and a conduit administered by an unaffiliated financial institution foron a monthly basis. In addition, the foreign entity participating in the global asset-backed securitization program. Any portion of the purchase price for theprogram sells certain receivables not paid in cash upon the sale occurring is recorded asat a deferred purchase price receivable, which is paid from available cash as paymentsdiscount to conduits administered by an unaffiliated financial institution on the receivables are collected.

a daily basis.


The special purpose entity in the North Americanglobal asset-backed securitization program is a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company. Company and is included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements. Certain unsold receivables covering up to the maximum amount of net cash proceeds available under the domestic, or U.S., portion of the global asset-backed securitization program are pledged as collateral to the unaffiliated financial institution as of August 31, 2021.

Foreign asset-backed securitization program - The Company terminated the foreign asset-backed securitization program on June 28, 2021. In connection with the termination, the Company paid approximately $167 million in cash, which consisted of: (i) $68 million for the remittance of collections received prior to June 28, 2021, in the Company’s role as servicer of sold receivables and (ii) a repurchase of $99 million of all previously sold receivables, at fair value, that remained outstanding as of June 28, 2021. As of August 31, 2021, the Company has substantially collected the repurchased receivables from customers.

The special purpose entity in the foreign asset-backed securitization program is a separate bankruptcy-remote entity whose assets would be first available to satisfy the creditor claimsthat is winding down as a result of the unaffiliated financial institution.termination of the foreign-asset backed securitization program. The Company is deemed the primary beneficiary of this special purpose entity as the Company has both the power to direct the activities of the entity that most significantly impact the entity’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive the benefits that could potentially be significant to the entity from the transfer of the trade accounts receivable into the special purpose entity. Accordingly, the special purpose entitiesentity associated with thesethe foreign asset-backed securitization programs areprogram is included in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Following is


The foreign asset-backed securitization program contained a summaryguarantee of payment by the special purpose entity, in an amount approximately equal to the net cash proceeds under the program. As a result of the termination of the foreign asset-backed securitization program all outstanding amounts have been settled with the financial institution as of August 31, 2021. As such, no liability has been recorded for obligations under the guarantee.

Global and foreign asset-backed securitization programs- The Company continues servicing the receivables sold and in exchange receives a servicing fee under the global asset-backed securitization programs. Servicing fees related to each of the asset-backed securitization programs recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and key terms:

Maximum Amount of
Net Cash Proceeds(1)

Expiration

Date

North American

$200.0 millionOctober 20, 2017(3)

Foreign

$400.0 million(2)May 1, 2018

(1)Maximum amount available at any one time.
(2)Amended effective February 13, 2017, to increase facility limit from $275.0 million.
(3)On October 18, 2017, the program was extended to November 17, 2017.

2019 were not material. The Company does not record a servicing asset or liability on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as the Company estimates that the fee it receives to service these receivables approximates the fair market compensation to provide the servicing activities.

Transfers of the receivables under the asset-backed securitization programs are accounted for as sales and, accordingly, net receivables sold under the asset-backed securitization programs are excluded from accounts receivable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are reflected as cash provided by operating activities on the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.
In connection with the asset-backed securitization programs, the Company recognized the following (in millions):

   2017   2016   2015 

Eligible trade accounts receivable sold for fiscal year

  $8,878   $7,870   $7,608 

Cash proceeds received for fiscal year(1)

  $8,300   $7,336   $7,175 

Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables for fiscal year(2)

  $9   $5   $4 

Deferred purchase price receivables as of August 31(3)

  $569   $527   $429 

70

Table of Contents
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
2021(3)
2020
2019(4)
Trade accounts receivable sold$4,222 $4,333 $4,057 
Cash proceeds received(1)
$4,202 $4,314 $4,031 
Proceeds due from bank$10 $— $— 
Pre-tax losses on sale of receivables(2)
$10 $19 $26 
(1)Of this amount, $0.1 million, $8.4 million and $5.9 million, respectively, represented new transfers during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The remainder represented proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving-period transfers.
(2)Recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3)Recorded initially at fair value as prepaid expenses and other current assets on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily discounted cash flows, and due to their credit quality and short-term maturity the fair values approximated book values. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated credit losses and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value calculations.

(1)The amounts primarily represent proceeds from collections reinvested in revolving-period transfers.
(2)Recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(3)Includes trade accounts receivable sold and cash proceeds received under the foreign asset-backed securitization programs requireprogram through June 28, 2021, except for $99 million of previously sold receivables that were repurchased.
(4)Excludes $650 million of trade accounts receivable sold, $488 million of cash and $14 million of net cash received prior to the amendment of the foreign asset-backed securitization program and under the global asset-backed securitization program which occurred during the first quarter of fiscal year 2019.

The global asset-backed securitization program requires compliance with several covenants. The North American asset-backed securitization program covenants includeincluding compliance with the interest coverage ratio and debt to EBITDA ratio of the five-year unsecured credit facility amended as of July 6, 2015 (the “Credit Facility”). The foreign asset-backed securitization program covenants include limitations on certain corporate actions such as mergers and consolidations.Credit Facility. As of August 31, 20172021 and 2016,2020, the Company was in compliance with all covenants under the global asset-backed securitization programs.

Trade Accounts Receivable Sale Programs

Following is a summaryprogram. As of the five trade accounts receivable sale programs with unaffiliated financial institutions whereAugust 31, 2020, the Company may elect to sell receivables, at a discount, on an ongoing basis:

Program

Maximum

Amount(1)

Type of

Facility

Expiration

Date

A

$756.5 million(2)UncommittedAugust 31, 2022(3)(4)

B

$150.0 millionUncommittedAugust 31, 2018(4)

C

800.0 million CNYUncommittedFebruary 15, 2018(5)

D

$100.0 millionUncommittedNovember 1, 2018(3)

E

$50.0 millionUncommittedAugust 25, 2018(6)

(1)Maximum amount available at any one time.
(2)The maximum amount under the program was increased in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and will be reduced to $650.0 million on February 1, 2018.
(3)Any party may elect to terminate the agreement upon 15 days prior notice.
(4)The program was extended in the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.
(5)Program entered into on February 15, 2017.
(6)Program entered into during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017.

In connectionwas in compliance with all covenants under the trade accounts receivable sale programs, the Company recognized the following for the fiscal years ended August 31 (in millions):

   2017   2016   2015 

Trade accounts receivable sold(1)

  $2,968   $3,651   $2,085 

Cash proceeds received

  $2,962   $3,647   $2,082 

(1)The resulting losses on the sales of trade accounts receivable during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 were not material and were recorded to other expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

4. Inventories

Inventoriesforeign asset-backed securitization program.

9. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands)millions):

   August 31, 2017   August 31, 2016 

Raw materials

  $1,574,241   $1,302,481 

Work in process

   822,628    675,867 

Finished goods

   591,227    510,485 

Reserve for inventory obsolescence

   (46,013   (32,221
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventories, net

  $2,942,083   $2,456,612 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

5. Income Taxes

Provision for Income Taxes

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense is summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

U.S.(1)

  $(373,690  $(317,427  $(295,521

Non-U.S.(1)

   629,923    704,472    727,167 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $256,233   $387,045   $431,646 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Contract liabilities(1)
$559 $496 
Accrued compensation and employee benefits827 703 
Inventory deposits711 405 
Other accrued expenses1,637 1,607 
Accrued expenses$3,734 $3,211 
(1)The U.S. and non-U.S. components of income (loss) from continuing operations before income tax expense include the elimination of intercompany foreign dividends paid to the U.S.

Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized below (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

  Current   Deferred   Total 

2017:

  U.S. – Federal  $2,436   $253   $2,689 
  U.S. – State   12    30    42 
  Non-U.S.   188,872    (62,537   126,335 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $191,320   $(62,254  $129,066 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2016:

  U.S. – Federal  $(649  $73   $(576
  U.S. – State   (166   9    (157
  Non-U.S.   157,069    (24,187   132,882 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $156,254   $(24,105  $132,149 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2015:

  U.S. – Federal  $1,169   $(1,653  $(484
  U.S. – State   164    (300   (136
  Non-U.S.   147,199    (9,118   138,081 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
    $148,532   $(11,071  $137,461 
    

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Reconciliations of the income tax expense at the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate compared to the actual income tax expense are summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Tax at U.S. federal statutory income tax rate (35%)

  $89,682   $135,470   $151,076 

State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit

   (8,474   (5,121   (4,474

Impact of foreign tax rates

   (109,466   (144,521   (157,827

Permanent impact of non-deductible cost

   7,336    3,408    8,951 

Income tax credits

   (16,254   (5,040   (12,773

Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities

   688    182    (1,206

Valuation allowance

   37,934    11,770    72,604 

Non-deductible equity compensation

   11,531    18,350    11,600 

Impact of intercompany charges and dividends

   98,052    94,596    49,843 

Other, net

   18,037    23,055    19,667 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total income tax expense

  $129,066   $132,149   $137,461 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the change in the impact of foreign tax rates was due to a decrease in income in low tax-rate jurisdictions. The valuation allowance increase was due to an increase of deferred tax assets for sites with existing valuation allowances, partially offset by an income tax benefit of $27.5 million for the reversal of valuation allowances related to non-U.S. jurisdictions.

The Company has been granted tax incentives for its Brazilian, Chinese, Malaysian, Polish, Singaporean and Vietnamese subsidiaries. The majority of the tax incentive benefits expire at various dates through fiscal year 2021 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These subsidiaries generated income from continuing operations

(1)Revenue recognized during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021 and 2015, resulting in a tax benefit of approximately $38.6 million ($0.22 per basic share), $50.5 million ($0.27 per basic share) and $74.7 million ($0.39 per basic share), respectively. The benefits of these incentives are recorded as the impact of foreign tax rates and income tax credits.

Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities

The significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016 

Deferred tax assets:

    

Net operating loss carry forward

  $268,853   $319,685 

Receivables

   7,497    8,643 

Inventories

   11,618    6,970 

Compensated absences

   10,981    9,080 

Accrued expenses

   93,413    75,749 

Property, plant and equipment, principally due to differences in depreciation and amortization

   81,954    52,088 

U.S. federal and state tax credits

   57,122    58,725 

Foreign jurisdiction tax credits

   24,641    14,464 

Equity compensation – U.S.

   16,460    17,641 

Equity compensation – Non-U.S.

   2,700    3,873 

Cash flow hedges

   —      2,055 

Other

   14,573    18,767 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowances

   589,812    587,740 

Less valuation allowances

   (285,559   (344,828
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $304,253   $242,912 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

    

Unremitted earnings of non-U.S. subsidiaries

   86,202    88,445 

Intangible assets

   48,229    54,130 

Cash flow hedges

   8,564    —   

Other

   4,863    5,768 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

  $147,858   $148,343 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $156,395   $94,569 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

As of August 31, 2017, the Company had federal, state (tax-effected) and foreign income tax net operating loss carry forwards (net of unrecognized tax benefits) of approximately $442.5 million, $58.7 million, and $315.0 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. The net operating loss carry forwards2020 that was included in the Company’s major tax jurisdictions expire in fiscal years 2018 through 2037 or have an indefinite carry forward period. The Company has U.S. federal and state tax credit carry forwards of $53.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any. Most of the U.S. federal tax credits expire through the year 2024. Most of the U.S. state tax credits expire through the year 2027. As of August 31, 2017, the foreign jurisdiction tax credits include foreign investment tax credits of $21.4 million that expire in 2026 and are based on the deferral method.

Based on the Company’s historical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes that it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded. The net (decreases) increases in the total valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017 and 2016 were $(59.3) million and $40.0 million, respectively. The decrease in valuation allowance is primarily related to the decrease of a net operating loss carry forward due to additional non-U.S. unrecognized tax benefits, the decrease of a net operating loss carry forward due to a non-U.S. tax audit, and the release of certain non-U.S.

valuation allowances. This decrease is partially offset by the increase of deferred tax assets in sites with existing valuation allowances. The Company’s assessment of the valuation allowance release included consideration of all available positive and negative evidence including, among other evidence, historical cumulative operating income, projected future taxable income and recent utilization of non-U.S. tax credit carryforwards.

As of August 31, 2017, the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from its foreign subsidiaries for which a deferred taxcontract liability has not already been recorded. The accumulated earnings are the most significant component of the basis difference which is indefinitely reinvested. The aggregate undistributed earnings of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries for which no deferred tax liability has been recorded is approximately $3.4 billionbalance as of August 31, 2017. Determination of the amount of unrecognized deferred tax liability on these undistributed earnings is not practicable.

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

Reconciliations of the unrecognized tax benefits are summarized below (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Beginning balance

  $149,898   $154,648   $229,684 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

   2,155    7,974    4,189 

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

   (12,233   (20,045   (7,919

Additions for tax positions related to current year

   77,807    25,892    21,541 

Adjustments for tax positions related to acquired entities

   —      —      1,687 

Cash settlements

   (2,298   (6,553   (11,806

Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations

   (10,446   (7,099   (1,843

Reductions from settlements with taxing authorities

   (6,061   (1,787   (72,812

Foreign exchange rate adjustment

   2,533    (3,132   (8,073
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending balance

  $201,355   $149,898   $154,648 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate (if recognized)

  $75,223   $72,152   $80,094 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the additions for tax positions related to current year primarily related to certain non-U.S. net operating loss carry forwards, previously offset with a valuation allowance, that can no longer be recognized due to an internal restructuring. It is reasonably possible that the August 31, 2017 unrecognized tax benefits could decrease during the next 12 months by $66.3 million, primarily related to a taxing authority ruling associated with the internal restructuring.

For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the reductions from settlements with taxing authorities is primarily related to the closure of a non-U.S. audit, which partially disallowed a net operating loss carry forward2020 and future tax amortization.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The Company’s accrued interest and penalties were approximately $27.12019 was $365 million and $21.9$308 million, as of August 31, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company recognized interest and penalties of approximately $5.2 million, $1.8 million and $2.1 million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2009. In major state and major non-U.S. jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2003 and August 31, 2006, respectively.

The Internal Revenue Service (“IRS”) completed its field examination of the Company’s tax returns for fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and issued a Revenue Agent’s Report (“RAR”) on May 27, 2015, which was updated on June 22, 2016. The IRS completed its field examination of the Company’s tax returns for fiscal years 2012 through 2014 and issued an RAR on April 19, 2017. The proposed adjustments in the RAR from both examination periods relate primarily to U.S. taxation of certain intercompany transactions. If the IRS ultimately prevails in its positions, the Company’s income tax payment due for the fiscal years 2009 through 2011 and 2012 through 2014 would be approximately $28.6 million and $5.3 million, respectively, after utilization of tax loss carry forwards available through fiscal year 2014. Also, the IRS has proposed interest and penalties with respect to fiscal years 2009 through 2011. The IRS may make similar claims in future audits with respect to these types of transactions. At this time, anticipating the amount of any future IRS proposed adjustments, interest, and penalties is not practicable.

The Company disagrees with the proposed adjustments and intends to vigorously contest these matters through the applicable IRS administrative and judicial procedures, as appropriate. As the final resolution of the proposed adjustments remains uncertain, the Company continues to provide for the uncertain tax positions based on the more likely than not standard. While the resolution of the issues may result in tax liabilities, interest and penalties that are significantly higher than the amounts accrued for these matters, management currently believes that the resolution will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, there can be no assurance that management’s beliefs will be realized.

6. Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment consists of the following (in thousands):

   August 31, 
   2017   2016 

Land and improvements

  $120,574   $120,470 

Buildings

   804,861    809,890 

Leasehold improvements

   877,752    815,308 

Machinery and equipment

   3,680,881    3,475,325 

Furniture, fixtures and office equipment

   178,603    164,079 

Computer hardware and software

   583,569    562,456 

Transportation equipment

   22,080    22,307 

Construction in progress

   85,748    84,016 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
   6,354,068    6,053,851 

Less accumulated depreciation and amortization

   3,125,390    2,721,972 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $3,228,678   $3,331,879 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Depreciation and maintenance and repair expenses were as follows for the periods indicated (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Depreciation expense

  $724,856   $659,542   $504,735 

Maintenance and repair expense

  $234,332   $197,373   $205,541 

As of August 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company had $242.2 million and $90.3 million, respectively, included in accounts payable for the acquisition of property, plant and equipment, which is considered a non-cash investing activity in the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

7. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The Company completed its annual impairment test for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2017 and determined the fair values of the reporting units and the indefinite-lived intangible assets were substantially in excess of the carrying values and that no impairment existed as of the date of the impairment test.

The following table presents the changes in goodwill allocated to the Company’s reportable segments, Electronics Manufacturing Services (“EMS”) and Diversified Manufacturing Services (“DMS”), during the fiscal years ended August 31,2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   EMS   DMS   Total 

Balance as of August 31, 2015

  $27,873   $434,509   $462,382 

Acquisitions and adjustments

   23,690    111,417    135,107 

Change in foreign currency exchange rates

   (384   (2,332   (2,716
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2016

   51,179    543,594    594,773 

Acquisitions and adjustments

   —      8,186    8,186 

Change in foreign currency exchange rates

   1,395    3,830    5,225 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017

  $52,574   $555,610   $608,184 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

The following table is a summary of the Company’s gross goodwill balances and accumulated impairments as of the periods indicated (in thousands):

   August 31, 2017   August 31, 2016 
   Gross       Gross     
   Carrying   Accumulated   Carrying   Accumulated 
   Amount   Impairment   Amount   Impairment 

Goodwill

  $1,628,006   $1,019,822   $1,614,595   $1,019,822 

The following table presents the Company’s total purchased intangible assets as of August 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   Weighted                       
   Average   August 31, 2017   August 31, 2016 
   Amortization   Gross      Net   Gross      Net 
   Period   Carrying   Accumulated  Carrying   Carrying   Accumulated  Carrying 
   (in years)   Amount   Amortization  Amount   Amount   Amortization  Amount 

Contractual agreements and customer relationships

   11   $265,148   $(132,691 $132,457   $250,451   $(113,393 $137,058 

Intellectual property

   5    160,456    (131,407  29,049    151,025    (114,219  36,806 

Finite-lived trade names

   Not applicable    5,114    (5,114  —      5,006    (5,006  —   

Trade names

   Indefinite    123,090    —     123,090    123,090    —     123,090 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   9   $553,808   $(269,212 $284,596   $529,572   $(232,618 $296,954 
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Intangible asset amortization for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 was approximately $35.5 million, $37.1 million and $24.4 million, respectively. The estimated future amortization expense is as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

  Amount 

2018

  $35,069 

2019

   26,045 

2020

   22,427 

2021

   14,026 

2022

   12,884 

Thereafter

   51,063 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $161,514 
  

 

 

 

8. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following (in thousands):

   August 31, 2017   August 31, 2016 

Deferred income

  $1,017,144   $893,148 

Accrued compensation and employee benefits

   534,143    449,183 

Other accrued expenses

   616,185    586,720 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Accrued expenses

  $2,167,472   $1,929,051 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

9. Notes Payable, Long-Term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations outstanding as of August 31, 2017 and 2016 are summarized below (in thousands):

   Maturity   August 31,   August 31, 
   Date   2017   2016 

8.250% Senior Notes(1)(2)(3)

   March 15, 2018   $399,506   $398,552 

5.625% Senior Notes(1)(2)

   Dec. 15, 2020    397,104    396,212 

4.700% Senior Notes(1)(2)

   Sept. 15, 2022    496,696    496,041 

4.900% Senior Notes(1)(4)

   July 14, 2023    298,571    298,329 

Borrowings under credit facilities(5)

   July 6, 2020    —      —   

Borrowings under loans(6)

   July 6, 2020    458,395    502,210 

Capital lease obligations

 

   27,818    28,478 
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     2,078,090    2,119,822 

Less current installments of notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations

     445,498    45,810 
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

Notes payable, long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current installments

    $1,632,592   $2,074,012 
    

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)The notes are carried at the principal amount of each note, less any unamortized discount and unamortized debt issuance costs.
(2)The Senior Notes are the Company’s senior unsecured obligations and rank equally with all other existing and future senior unsecured debt obligations.
(3)The interest rate payable on the 8.250% Senior Notes is subject to adjustment from time to time if the credit ratings assigned to the 8.250% Senior Notes increase or decrease.
(4)On May 19, 2016, the Company entered into a note purchase agreement with certain third parties, which closed on July 14, 2016, for a private placement of $300.0 million of senior unsecured notes (the “4.900% Senior Notes”). The proceeds from the sale of the notes were used to repay debt maturities.
(5)On July 6, 2015, the Company entered into an amended and restated senior unsecured five-year credit agreement. The credit agreement provides for: (i) the Revolving Credit Facility in the initial amount of $1.5 billion, which may, subject to the lenders’ discretion, potentially be increased up to $2.0 billion and (ii) a $500.0 million five-year delayed draw Term Loan Facility, (collectively the “Credit Facility”). The Credit Facility expires on July 6, 2020. The Revolving Credit Facility is subject to two whole or partial one-year extensions, at the lender’s discretion.

As of August 31, 2017, the interest rates on the Revolving Credit Facility ranged from 2.4% to 4.4% and the Term Loan Facility was 2.6%. Interest is charged at a rate equal to (a) for the Revolving Credit Facility, either 0.000% to 0.650% above the base rate or 1.000% to 1.650% above the Eurocurrency rate and (b) for the Term Loan Facility, either 0.125% to 1.000% above the base rate or 1.125% to 2.000% above the Eurocurrency rate. The base rate represents the greatest of: (i) Citibank, N.A.’s base rate, (ii) 0.50% above the federal funds rate, and (iii) 1.0% above one-month LIBOR, but not less than zero. The Eurocurrency rate represents adjusted LIBOR or adjusted CDOR, as applicable, for the applicable interest period, but not less than zero.

As of August 31, 2017, the Company’s foreign subsidiaries had various additional credit facilities that finance their future growth and any corresponding working capital needs. The foreign subsidiary credit facilities incur interest at fixed and variable rates ranging from 1.2% to 3.5%

As of August 31, 2017, the Company has $1.9 billion in available unused borrowing capacity under its revolving credit facilities.

(6)In addition to the Term Loan Facility described above, as of August 31, 2017, the Company has borrowings outstanding to fund working capital needs. These additional loans were approximately $2.1 million and have interest rates ranging from 0.0% to 10.0%.

Debt Maturities

Debt maturities as of August 31, 2017 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

  Amount 

2018

  $445,498 

2019

   51,538 

2020

   364,151 

2021

   398,877 

2022

   1,993 

Thereafter

   816,033 
  

 

 

 

Total

  $2,078,090 
  

 

 

 

Debt Covenants

Borrowings under the Company’s debt agreements are subject to various covenants that limit the Company’s ability to: incur additional indebtedness, sell assets, effect mergers and certain transactions, and effect certain transactions with subsidiaries and affiliates. In addition, the Revolving Credit Facility and 4.900% Senior Notes contain debt leverage and interest coverage covenants. The Company is also subject to a covenant requiring the repurchase of the 8.250%, 5.625%, or 4.700% Senior Notes upon a change of control. As of August 31, 2017 and 2016, the Company was in compliance with its debt covenants.

Fair Value

The estimated fair values of the Company’s publicly traded debt, including the 8.250%, 5.625% and 4.700% senior notes, were approximately $414.0 million, $433.6 million and $530.6 million respectively, as of August 31, 2017. The fair value estimates are based upon observable market data (Level 2 criteria). The estimated fair value of the Company’s private debt, the 4.900% senior notes, was approximately $316.6 million, as of August 31, 2017. This fair value estimate is based on the Company’s indicative borrowing cost derived from discounted cash flows (Level 3 criteria). The carrying amounts of borrowings under credit facilities and under loans approximates fair value as interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates.

10. Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits

Postretirement Benefits

The Company has a qualified defined benefit pension plan for employees of Jabil Circuit UK Limited (the “UK plan”). The UK plan, which is closed to new participants, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over a three-year service period preceding retirement and length of employee service. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in UK employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company.

As a result of the third closing of the JJMD acquisition, the Company assumed a pension obligation for employees in Switzerland (the “Switzerland plan”). The Switzerland plan, which is a qualified defined benefit pension plan, provides benefits based on average employee earnings over an approximately 8 year service period preceding retirement and length of employee service. The Company’s policy is to contribute amounts sufficient to meet minimum funding requirements as set forth in Switzerland employee benefit and tax laws plus such additional amounts as are deemed appropriate by the Company.
Additionally, as a result of acquiring various other operations in Europe, Asia and Asia,Mexico the Company assumed both qualified and unfunded nonqualified retirement benefits covering eligible employees who meet age and service requirements (the “other plans”).

The UK plan, Switzerland plan and other plans are collectively referred to herein as the “plans.”

Benefit Obligation and Plan Assets

The projected benefit obligations (“PBO”) and plan assets, changes to the benefit obligationPBO and plan assets and the funded status of the plans as of and for the fiscal years ended August 31 are as follows (in thousands)millions):

   Pension 
   2017   2016 

Change in projected benefit obligation

 

  

Beginning projected benefit obligation

  $182,278   $161,230 

Service cost

   1,068    883 

Interest cost

   2,942    4,844 

Actuarial (gain) loss

   (10,147   40,170 

Settlements paid from plan assets

   (2,133   —   

Total benefits paid

   (6,790   (5,587

Plan participants’ contributions

   27    27 

Terminations

   (106   —   

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

   575    (19,289
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending projected benefit obligation

  $167,714   $182,278 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Change in plan assets

    

Beginning fair value of plan assets

   143,702    134,808 

Actual return on plan assets

   2,582    29,734 

Settlements paid from plan assets

   (2,133   —   

Employer contributions

   6,981    3,391 

Benefits paid from plan assets

   (3,759   (5,268

Plan participants’ contributions

   27    27 

Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars

   (702   (18,990
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Ending fair value of plan assets

  $146,698   $143,702 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Unfunded status

  $(21,016  $(38,576
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets

    

Accrued benefit liability, current

  $182   $383 

Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent

  $20,834   $38,193 

Accumulated other comprehensive loss (income)(1)

    

Actuarial loss, net of tax

  $32,247   $44,155 

Prior service credit, net of tax

  $(1,185  $(1,255

71

Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Change in PBO
Beginning PBO$559 $175 
Service cost25 25 
Interest cost
Actuarial (gain) loss(81)
Settlements paid from plan assets(1)
(44)(26)
Total benefits paid(17)(6)
Plan participants’ contributions25 14 
Plan amendments24 — 
Acquisitions404 
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars— 51 
Ending PBO$587 $559 
Change in plan assets
Beginning fair value of plan assets538 158 
Actual return on plan assets55 
Acquisitions— 331 
Settlements paid from plan assets(1)
(44)(26)
Employer contributions17 10 
Benefits paid from plan assets(15)(6)
Plan participants’ contributions25 14 
Effect of conversion to U.S. dollars— 50 
Ending fair value of plan assets$576 $538 
Unfunded status$(11)$(21)
Amounts recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets
Accrued benefit liability, current$$
Accrued benefit liability, noncurrent$10 $20 
Accumulated other comprehensive loss(2)
Actuarial (gain) loss, before tax$(69)$(49)
Prior service cost, before tax$23 $
(1)We anticipate amortizing $1.1 million and $(0.1) million, net of tax, of net actuarial loss and prior service credit balances, respectively, to net periodic cost in fiscal year 2018.

(1)The settlements recognized during fiscal years 2021 and 2020 relate primarily to the Switzerland plan.
(2)The Company anticipates amortizing $19 million and $4 million, before tax, of net actuarial gain and prior service costs balances, respectively, to net periodic cost in fiscal year 2022.
Accumulated Benefit Obligation
The following table summarizes the total accumulated benefit obligations (“ABO”), the ABO and fair value of plan assets for defined benefit pension plans with ABO in excess of plan assets, and the PBO and fair value of plan assets for defined benefit pension plans with PBO in excess of plan assets for fiscal years 2021 and 2020 (in millions):
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
ABO$563 $536 
Plans with ABO in excess of plan assets
ABO$59 $54 
Fair value of plan assets$26 $27 
Plans with PBO in excess of plan assets
PBO$74 $437 
Fair value of plan assets$26 $396 
Net Periodic Benefit Cost

The following table provides information about the net periodic benefit cost for the plans for fiscal years 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 (in thousands)millions):

   Pension 
   2017   2016   2015 

Service cost

  $1,068   $883   $1,054 

Interest cost

   2,942    4,844    5,554 

Expected long-term return on plan assets

   (4,206   (5,560   (5,778

Recognized actuarial loss

   1,929    1,046    1,723 

Net curtailment gain

   —      —      (2,542

Amortization of prior service credit

   (138   (139   (147

Net settlement loss

   1,472    —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Net periodic benefit cost

  $3,067   $1,074   $(136
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

72

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Service cost$25 $25 $
Interest cost
Expected long-term return on plan assets(16)(15)(5)
Recognized actuarial (gain) loss(10)(3)
Amortization of actuarial gains (1)
(6)— — 
Net settlement loss— 
Amortization of prior service costs— — 
Net periodic benefit cost$— $10 $
(1)Actuarial gains and losses are amortized using a corridor approach. The gain/loss corridor is equal to 10 percent of the greater of the projected benefit obligation and the fair value of plan assets. Gains and losses in excess of the corridor are generally amortized over the average future working lifetime of the plan participants.
Assumptions

Weighted-average actuarial assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost and projected benefit obligationPBO for the plans for the fiscal years 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 20152019 were as follows:

   Pension 
   2017  2016  2015 

Net periodic benefit cost:

    

Expected long-term return on plan assets(1)

   3.3  4.3  4.4

Rate of compensation increase

   2.7  2.4  3.2

Discount rate

   1.9  2.9  1.8

Projected benefit obligation:

    

Expected long-term return on plan assets

   4.0  3.3  4.4

Rate of compensation increase

   4.4  4.1  4.3

Discount rate(2)

   2.3  1.7  3.2

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Net periodic benefit cost:
       Expected long-term return on plan assets(1)
2.9 %3.0 %3.6 %
Rate of compensation increase2.1 %2.0 %4.4 %
Discount rate0.8 %0.5 %2.2 %
PBO:
Expected long-term return on plan assets3.0 %2.9 %2.0 %
Rate of compensation increase2.2 %2.1 %4.3 %
       Discount rate(2)
0.7 %0.8 %1.7 %
(1)The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic benefit cost is based on historical return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan.
(2)The discount rate is used to state expected cash flows relating to future benefits at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments whose timing would match the cash outflow of retirement benefits. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.

(1)The expected return on plan assets assumption used in calculating net periodic benefit cost is based on historical return experience and estimates of future long-term performance with consideration to the expected investment mix of the plan.
(2)The discount rate is used to state expected cash flows relating to future benefits at a present value on the measurement date. This rate represents the market rate for high-quality fixed income investments whose timing would match the cash outflow of retirement benefits. Other assumptions include demographic factors such as retirement, mortality and turnover.
Plan Assets

The Company has adopted an investment policy for a majority of plan assets, which was set by plan trustees who have the responsibility for making investment decisions related to the plan assets. The plan trustees oversee the investment allocation, including selecting professional investment managers and setting strategic targets. The investment objectives for the assets are (1) to acquire suitable assets that hold the appropriate liquidity in order to generate income and capital growth that, along with new contributions, will meet the cost of current and future benefits under the plan, (2) to limit the risk of the plan assets from failing to meet the plan liabilities over the long-term and (3) to minimize the long-term costs under the plan by maximizing the return on the plan assets.

Investment policies and strategies governing the assets of the plans are designed to achieve investment objectives with prudent risk parameters. Risk management practices include the use of external investment managers; the maintenance of a portfolio diversified by asset class, investment approach and security holdings; and the maintenance of sufficient liquidity to meet benefit obligations as they come due. Within the equity securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in a broad range of publicly traded securities including both domestic and international stocks. Within the debt securities class, the investment policy provides for investments in corporate bonds as well as fixed and variable interest debt instruments. The Company currently expects to achieve a target mix of 35% to 45% equity and 55% to 65% debt securities in fiscal year 2018.

2022.

Fair Value

73

Table of Contents
The fair values of the plan assets held by the Company by asset category are as follows (in thousands)millions):

       August 31, 2017  August 31, 2016 
   Fair Value
Hierarchy
   Fair Value   Asset
Allocation
  Fair Value   Asset
Allocation
 

Asset Category

         

Cash and cash equivalents(1)

   Level 1   $5,760    4 $3,565    3

Equity Securities:

         

Global equity securities(2)(3)

   Level 2    41,971    29  41,515    29

Debt Securities:

         

Corporate bonds(3)

   Level 2    41,987    29  41,993    29

Government bonds(3)

   Level 2    41,738    28  40,495    28

Other Investments:

         

Insurance contracts(4)

   Level 3    15,242    10  16,134    11
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Fair value of plan assets

 

  $146,698    100 $143,702    100
    

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

  August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
 Fair Value
Hierarchy
Fair ValueAsset
Allocation
Fair ValueAsset
Allocation
Asset Category
Cash and cash equivalents(1)
Level 1$15 %$15 %
Equity Securities:
Global equity securities(2)(3)
Level 2222 39 %208 38 %
Debt Securities:
Corporate bonds(3)
Level 2262 45 %238 44 %
Government bonds(3)
Level 258 10 %58 11 %
Other Investments:
Insurance contracts(4)
Level 319 %19 %
Fair value of plan assets$576 100 %$538 100 %
(1)Carrying value approximates fair value.
(1)Carrying value approximates fair value.
(2)Investments in equity securities by companies incorporated, listed or domiciled in developed and/or emerging market countries.
(3)Investments in global equity securities, corporate bonds, government securities and government bonds are valued using the quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics.
(4)Consist of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements, as well as provides a profit share to the Company. The profit share in this contract is not based on actual investments, but, instead on a notional investment portfolio that is expected to return a pre-defined rate. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value and is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated future benefits to be paid throughout the duration of the policy and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value estimate of the contract.
(2)Investments in equity securities by companies incorporated, listed or domiciled in developed and/or emerging market countries.
(3)Investments in global equity securities, corporate bonds, government securities and government bonds are valued using the quoted prices of securities with similar characteristics.
(4)Consist of an insurance contract that guarantees the payment of the funded pension entitlements, as well as provides a profit share to the Company. The profit share in this contract is not based on actual investments, but, instead on a notional investment portfolio that is expected to return a pre-defined rate. Insurance contract assets are recorded at fair value and is determined based on the cash surrender value of the insured benefits which is the present value of the guaranteed funded benefits. Insurance contracts are valued using unobservable inputs (Level 3 inputs), primarily by discounting expected future cash flows relating to benefits paid from a notional investment portfolio in order to determine the cash surrender value of the policy. The unobservable inputs consist of estimated future benefits to be paid throughout the duration of the policy and estimated discount rates, which both have an immaterial impact on the fair value estimate of the contract.

Accumulated Benefit Obligation

The following table provides information for the plans with an accumulated benefit obligation for fiscal years 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   August 31, 
   2017   2016 

Projected benefit obligation

  $167,714   $182,278 

Accumulated benefit obligation

  $158,971   $171,589 

Fair value of plan assets

  $146,698   $143,702 

Cash Flows

The Company expects to make cash contributions between $2.7$24 million and $3.5$30 million to its funded pension plans during fiscal year 2018.2022. The estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, are as follows (in thousands)millions):

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,

  Amount 

2018

  $4,245 

2019

   4,438 

2020

   5,249 

2021

   4,759 

2022

   5,182 

2023 through 2027

   32,743 

Fiscal Year Ended August 31,Amount
2022$34 
2023$29 
2024$28 
2025$30 
2026$29 
2027 through 2031$143 
Profit Sharing, 401(k) Plan and Defined Contribution Plans

The Company provides retirement benefits to its domestic employees who have completed a 30-day period of service through a 401(k) plan that provides a matching contribution by the Company. Company contributions are at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors. The Company also has defined contribution benefit plans for certain of its international employees. The Company contributed approximately $33.6$56 million, $33.3$56 million and $36.8$49 million for defined contribution plans for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 20162021, 2020 and 2015,2019, respectively.

11. CommitmentsDerivative Financial Instruments and Contingencies

Lease Agreements

Hedging Activities

The Company leasesis directly and indirectly affected by changes in certain facilities under non-cancelable operating leases. Lease agreementsmarket conditions. These changes in market conditions may contain lease escalation clausesadversely impact the Company’s financial performance and purchase or renewal options.are referred to as market risks. The Company, recognizes scheduled lease escalation clauses overwhere deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as risk management tools to mitigate the coursepotential impact of certain market risks. The primary market risks managed by the Company through the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency risk and interest rate risk.
Foreign Currency Risk Management
74

Table of Contents
Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with the anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses. A hedging relationship existed with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $1.5 billion and $355 million as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The related forward foreign exchange contracts have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lock in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses against foreign currency fluctuations. The anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses being hedged are expected to occur between September 1, 2021 and August 31, 2022.
In addition to derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments and qualify for hedge accounting, the Company also enters into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the applicable lease term on a straight-line basisrespective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding contracts as of August 31, 2021 and 2020, was $3.6 billion and $2.9 billion, respectively.
Refer to Note 17 – “Fair Value Measurements” for the fair values and classification of the Company’s derivative instruments.
The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from effectiveness testing were not material for all periods presented and are included as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense, which are the same line items in which the hedged items are recorded.
The following table presents the net gains (losses) from forward contracts recorded in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Operations for the periods indicated (in millions):
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under ASC 815Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivatives Recognized in Net IncomeAmount of Gain (Loss) Recognized in Net Income on Derivatives
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Forward foreign exchange contracts(1)
Cost of revenue$140 $42 $(30)
(1)For the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized $105 million and $47 million, respectively, of foreign currency losses in cost of revenue, which are offset by the gains from the forward foreign exchange contracts. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the Company recognized $15 million of foreign currency gains in cost of revenue, which are offset by the losses from the forward foreign exchange contracts.
Interest Rate Risk Management
The future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable operating leasesCompany periodically enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings.
Cash Flow Hedges
The following table presents the interest rate swaps outstanding as of August 31, 2017 were2021, which have been designated as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending August 31,

  Amount 

2018

  $101,186 

2019

   87,403 

2020

   73,560 

2021

   61,233 

2022

   51,639 

Thereafter

   158,345 
  

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

  $533,366 
  

 

 

 

Total operating lease expense was approximately $117.2hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges:
Interest Rate Swap SummaryHedged Interest Rate PaymentsAggregate Notional Amount (in millions)Effective Date
Expiration Date (1)
Forward Interest Rate Swap
Anticipated Debt IssuanceFixed$250 November 2, 2020July 31, 2024(2)
Anticipated Debt IssuanceFixed$150 May 24, 2021July 31, 2024(2)

(1)The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the expiration date for the forward interest rate swap.
(2)If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before July 31, 2024, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance.
Contemporaneously with the issuance of our 3.000% Notes in July 2020, the Company amended interest rate swap agreements with a notional value of $200 million, $120.4 million and $105.3 million for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Legal Proceedings

Thewith mandatory termination dates from August 15, 2020 through February

75

Table of Contents
15, 2022 (the “2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps”). In addition, the Company is partyentered into interest rate swaps to certain lawsuitsoffset future exposures of fluctuations in the ordinary coursefair value of business.the 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps (the “Offsetting Interest Rate Swaps”). The Company does not believe that these proceedings, individually orchange in fair value of the 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps and Offsetting Interest Rate Swaps will be recorded in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect onConsolidated Statements of Income through the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

maturity date as an adjustment to interest expense.

12. Stockholders’ Equity

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense within selling, general and administrative expense as follows (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Restricted stock and stock appreciation rights (“SARS”)

  $42,122   $52,459   $58,033 

Employee stock purchase plan

   6,334    6,538    4,717 

Other

   88    —      (187
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $48,544   $58,997   $62,563 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Restricted stock units$91 $74 $54 
Employee stock purchase plan11 
Total$102 $83 $61 
Equity Compensation Plan

On January 21, 2021, the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 EIP”) was approved by the shareholders of the Company. The 2021 EIP replaced the Company’s 2011 Stock Award and Incentive Plan (the “2011 Plan”) provides for the grant, which terminated on October 21, 2020. The maximum aggregate number of restricted stock awards, restricted stock unit awards and other stock-based awards.

Upon adoption of the 2011 Plan, the 2002 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2002 Plan”) was terminated. For any outstanding awards granted under the 2002 Planshares that expire, are canceled or forfeited after the termination of the 2002 Plan, the shares are available for issuance under the 2021 EIP is 11,000,000, which includes the: (i) additional shares authorized by the shareholders in January 2021 and (ii) the shares previously available for issuance under the 2011 Plan.

Following is a reconciliation of the shares available to be issued under the 2011 Plan2021 EIP as of August 31, 2017:

2021:
Shares Available for Grant

Balance as of August 31, 2016

2020
10,609,508 4,898,739

Shares authorized(1)

2,233,503 4,950,000

SARS canceled

1,357,386

Restricted stock awards forfeited, net of grants(2)

1,022,811

Restricted stock units granted, net of forfeitures(1)
(1,861,711)
Balance as of August 31, 2017

2021
10,981,300 
12,228,936

(1)In January 2017, the Company’s stockholders approved increasing the maximum aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Plan to 23,300,000.
(2)Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.

(1)Represents the maximum number of shares that can be issued based on the achievement of certain performance criteria.
Stock Appreciation Rights (“SARS”)

The following table summarizes SARS activity from August 31, 20162020 through August 31, 2017:

   SARS
Outstanding
   Average
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
   Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
   Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2016

   2,439,066   $1,066   $25.32    1.13 

SARS canceled

   (1,357,386    $29.15   

SARS exercised

   (762,439    $20.78   
  

 

 

       

Outstanding and exercisable as of August 31, 2017

   319,241   $3,651   $19.91    2.10 
  

 

 

       

2021:

SARS
Outstanding
Average
Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)
Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price
Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Life (years)
Outstanding as of August 31, 202015,000 $235 $18.49 1.13
SARS exercised(15,000)$18.49 
Outstanding and exercisable as of August 31, 2021— $— $— $— 
Restricted Stock Awards

Units

Certain key employees have been granted time-based, performance-based and market-based restricted stock unit awards.units. The time-based restricted stock units granted generally vest on a graded vesting schedule over three years. The performance-based restricted stock units generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over three to five years and provide a range of vesting possibilities of up to a maximum of 100% or 150%, depending on the specified performance condition and the level of achievement obtained. The performance-based restricted stock units have a vesting condition that is based upon the Company’s cumulative adjusted core earnings per share during the performance period. The market-based restricted stock units generally vest on a cliff vesting schedule over three years and up to a maximum of 200%, depending on the specified performance condition and the level of achievement obtained. The market-based restricted stock units have a vesting condition that is tied to the Company’s total shareholder return based on the Company’s stock performance in relation to the companies in the Standard and Poor’s (S&P) Super Composite Technology Hardware and Equipment Index.

Index excluding the Company.

The following table summarizes restricted stock units activity from August 31, 20162020 through August 31, 2017:

   Shares   Weighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
 

Outstanding as of August 31, 2016

   14,777,178   $21.09 

Changes during the period

    

Shares granted(1)

   3,507,690   $23.65 

Shares vested

   (2,102,049  $20.94 

Shares forfeited

   (4,530,500  $20.84 
  

 

 

   

Outstanding as of August 31, 2017

   11,652,319   $22.00 
  

 

 

   

2021:
76

Table of Contents
SharesWeighted-
Average
Grant-Date
Fair Value
Outstanding as of August 31, 20206,337,524 $32.64 
Changes during the period
Shares granted(1)
2,304,115 $40.11 
Shares vested(2,290,104)$30.17 
Shares forfeited(442,404)$32.38 
Outstanding as of August 31, 20215,909,131 $36.51 
(1)For those shares granted that are based on the achievement of certain performance criteria, the amount represents the maximum number of shares that can vest. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the Company awarded approximately 1.8 million time-based restricted stock units, 0.6 million performance-based restricted stock units and 0.4 million market-based restricted stock units based on target performance criteria.

Following

(1)For those shares granted that are based on the achievement of certain performance criteria, the amount represents the maximum number of shares that can vest. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the Company awarded approximately 1.2 million time-based restricted stock units, 0.4 million performance-based restricted stock units and 0.3 million market-based restricted stock units based on target performance criteria.
The following table represents the restricted stock units and SARS stock-based compensation information for the periods indicated (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Intrinsic value of SARS exercised

  $5,053   $506   $954 

Fair value of SARS vested

  $   $   $2,754 

Fair value of restricted stock vested

  $44,010   $34,857   $33,413 

Tax benefit (expense) for stock compensation expense(1)

  $560   $991   $(351

Capitalized stock compensation expense(2)

  $313   $387   $387 

Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense — restricted stock

  $45,158     

Remaining weighted-average period for restricted stock expense

   1.4 years     

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Intrinsic value of SARS exercised$— $$— 
Fair value of restricted stock units vested$69 $56 $50 
Tax benefit for stock compensation expense(1)
$$$
Unrecognized stock-based compensation expense — restricted stock units$35 
Remaining weighted-average period for restricted stock units expense1.4 years
(1)Classified as income tax expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
(2)Classified as inventories within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(1)Classified as income tax expense within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.
Employee Stock Purchase Plan

In

On January 2017,21, 2021 the Company’s shareholders approved to increaseincreasing the maximum aggregate number of shares available for issuance under the 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) to 12,000,000.

23,000,000.

Employees are eligible to participate in the ESPP after 90 days of employment with the Company. The ESPP permits eligible employees to purchase common stock through payroll deductions, which may not exceed 10% of an employee’s compensation, as defined in the ESPP, at a price equal to 85% of the fair value of the common stock at the beginning or end of the offering period, whichever is lower. The ESPP is intended to qualify under Section 423 of the Internal Revenue Code. As of August 31, 2017, 5,784,4612021, 12,001,770 shares remained available for issue under the 2011 ESPP.

The fair value of shares issued under the ESPP was estimated on the commencement date of each offering period using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The following weighted-average assumptions were used in the model for each respective period:

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017  2016  2015 

Expected dividend yield

   0.8  0.7  0.8

Risk-free interest rate

   0.5  0.3  0.1

Expected volatility(1)

   33.0  28.1  24.5

Expected life

   0.5 years   0.5 years   0.5 years 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Expected dividend yield0.5 %0.4 %0.6 %
Risk-free interest rate0.1 %1.9 %2.3 %
Expected volatility (1)
32.9 %30.7 %28.6 %
Expected life0.5 years0.5 years0.5 years
(1)The expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility derived from the Company’s common stock.

(1)The expected volatility was estimated using the historical volatility derived from the Company’s common stock.

Dividends

The following table sets forth certain information relating to the Company’s cash dividends declared to common stockholders during fiscal years 20172021 and 2016:

   

Dividend
Declaration Date

  Dividend
per Share
   Total of Cash
Dividends
Declared
   

Date of Record for
Dividend Payment

  

Dividend Cash
Payment Date

   (in thousands, except for per share data)

Fiscal year 2017:

  October 20, 2016  $0.08   $15,248   November 15, 2016  December 1, 2016
  January 26, 2017  $0.08   $15,051   February 15, 2017  March 1, 2017
  April 20, 2017  $0.08   $14,840   May 15, 2017  June 1, 2017
  July 20, 2017  $0.08   $14,698   August 15, 2017  September 1, 2017

Fiscal year 2016:

  October 14, 2015  $0.08   $15,906   November 16, 2015  December 1, 2015
  January 21, 2016  $0.08   $15,947   February 16, 2016  March 1, 2016
  April 21, 2016  $0.08   $15,940   May 16, 2016  June 1, 2016
  July 21, 2016  $0.08   $15,575   August 15, 2016  September 1, 2016

Share Repurchases

In June 2016,2020:

77

Table of Contents
Dividend
Declaration Date
Dividend
per Share
Total of Cash
Dividends
Declared
Date of Record for
Dividend Payment
Dividend Cash
Payment Date
 (in millions, except for per share data)
Fiscal Year 2021:October 15, 2020$0.08 $12 November 16, 2020December 2, 2020
January 21, 2021$0.08 $12 February 15, 2021March 2, 2021
April 22, 2021$0.08 $12 May 14, 2021June 2, 2021
July 22, 2021$0.08 $12 August 13, 2021September 2, 2021
Fiscal Year 2020:October 17, 2019$0.08 $13 November 15, 2019December 2, 2019
January 23, 2020$0.08 $13 February 14, 2020March 4, 2020
April 15, 2020$0.08 $12 May 15, 2020June 3, 2020
July 16, 2020$0.08 $12 August 14, 2020September 2, 2020
Common Stock Outstanding
The following represents the Company’scommon stock outstanding for the fiscal year ended:
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
Common stock outstanding:
Beginning balances150,330,358 153,520,380 164,588,172 
Shares issued upon exercise of stock options9,321 56,999 11,348 
Shares issued under employee stock purchase plan1,288,397 1,106,852 1,282,042 
Vesting of restricted stock2,290,104 2,259,623 1,983,261 
Purchases of treasury stock under employee stock plans(622,703)(621,250)(489,836)
Treasury shares purchased(1)(2)(3)
(8,799,400)(5,992,246)(13,854,607)
Ending balances144,496,077 150,330,358 153,520,380 
(1)During fiscal year 2018, the Board of Directors (the “Board”)authorized the repurchase of $350 million of the Company’s common stock under share repurchase programs, which were repurchased during fiscal year 2019.
(2)In September 2019, the Board of Directors authorized the repurchase of up to $400.0$600 million of the Company’s common stock (the “2016as part of a two-year capital allocation framework (“the 2020 Share Repurchase Program”). As of August 31, 2017, $400.02021, 14.1 million of shares had been repurchased for $600 million and no authorization remains under the 20162020 Share Repurchase Program, which utilized the total amount authorized by the Board.

Program.

(3)In July 2017,2021, the Board authorizedof Directors approved an authorization for the repurchase of up to $450.0 million$1.0 billion of the Company’s common stock (the “2017(“the 2022 Share Repurchase Program”). The 2017 Share Repurchase Program expires on August 31, 2018. As of August 31, 2017, $449.92021, 0.7 million shares had been repurchased for $42 million and $958 million remains available under the 20172022 Share Repurchase Program.

13. Concentration of Risk and Segment Data

Concentration of Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. The Company maintains cash and cash equivalents with various domestic and foreign financial institutions. Deposits held with the financial institutions may exceed the amount of insurance provided on such deposits, but may generally be redeemed upon demand. The Company performs periodic evaluations of the relative credit standing of the financial institutions and attempts to limit exposure with any one institution. For trade receivables, the Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally does not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for potentialexpected credit losses on trade receivables.

Sales of the Company’s products are concentrated among specific customers. For fiscal year 2017,2021, the Company’s five largest customers accounted for approximately 47% of its net revenue and 8382 customers accounted for approximately 90% of its net revenue. As the Company is a provider of manufacturing services and solutions and products are built based on customer specifications, it is impracticable to provide revenues from external customers for each product and service. Sales to the following customer that accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s net revenues, expressed as a percentage of consolidated net revenue, and the percentage of accounts receivable for the customer, were as follows:

   Percentage of Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
  Percentage of Accounts Receivable
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 
   2017  2016  2015  2017  2016 

Apple, Inc.(1)

   24  24  24  *  *

78

Table of Contents
 Percentage of Net Revenue
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
Percentage of Accounts Receivable
as of August 31,
 20212020201920212020
Apple, Inc.(1)
22 %20 %22 %**
Amazon.com(2)
*11 %***
*Amount was less than 10% of total.
(1)Sales to this customer were reported in the DMS operating segment.

*Amount was less than 10% of total.
(1)Sales to this customer were reported in the DMS operating segment.
(2)Sales to this customer were reported primarily in the EMS operating segment.
The Company procures components from a broad group of suppliers. Almost allSome of the products manufactured by the Company require one or more components that are available from only a single source.

Segment Data

Operating segments are defined as components of an enterprise that engage in business activities from which they may earn revenues and incur expenses; for which separate financial information is available; and whose operating results are regularly reviewed by the chief operating decision maker (“CODM”) to assess the performance of the individual segment and make decisions about resources to be allocated to the segment.

The Company derives its revenue from providing comprehensive electronics design, production and product management services. The chief operating decision makerCODM evaluates performance and allocates resources on a segment basis. The Company’s operating segments consist of two2 segments – EMS and DMS, which are also the Company’s reportable segments. The segments are organized based on the economic profiles of the services performed, including manufacturing capabilities, market strategy, margins, return on capital and risk profiles.
The EMS segment is focused around leveraging IT, supply chain design and engineering, technologies largely centered on core electronics, utilizing the Company’s large scale manufacturing infrastructure and the ability to serve a broad range of end markets. The EMS segment is typically lower-margin buta high volume business that is producedproduces product at a quicker rate (i.e. cycle time) and in higherlarger quantities and includes customers primarily in the automotive5G, wireless and transportation, capital equipment, computingcloud, digital print and retail, industrial and semi-cap, and networking and storage digital home, industrial and energy, networking and telecommunications, point of sale and printing industries.
The DMS segment is focused on providing engineering solutions, with an emphasis on material sciences, technologies and technologies.healthcare. The DMS segment is typically higher-margin business and includes customers primarily in the consumer lifestylesautomotive and wearable technologies, defense and aerospace,transportation, connected devices, healthcare mobility and packaging, and mobility industries.

Net revenue for the operating segments is attributed to the segment in which the service is performed. An operating segment’s performance is evaluated based on its pre-tax operating contribution, or segment income. Segment income is defined as net revenue less cost of revenue, segment selling, general and administrative expenses, segment research and development expenses and an

allocation of corporate manufacturing expenses and selling, general and administrative expenses. Segment income does not include amortization of intangibles, stock-based compensation expense and related charges, restructuring, severance and related charges, distressed customer charges, acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments,integration charges, loss on disposal of subsidiaries, settlement of receivables and related charges, impairment of notes receivable and related charges, (gain) loss on securities, goodwill impairment charges, business interruption and impairment charges, net, income (loss) from discontinued operations, gain (loss) on sale of discontinued operations, other expense (excluding certain components of net periodic benefit cost), interest income, interest expense, income tax expense or adjustment for net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interests.

Total segment assets are defined as accounts receivable, contract assets, inventories, net, customer-related property, plant and equipment, intangible assets net of accumulated amortization and goodwill. All other non-segment assets are reviewed on a global basis by management. Transactions between operating segments are generally recorded at amounts that approximate those at which we would transact with third parties.

As of September 1, 2020, certain customers were realigned within the Company’s operating segments. As there have been no changes to how the Company’s CODM assesses operating performance and allocates resources, the Company’s operating segments which are the reporting segments continue to consist of the DMS and EMS segments. Beginning in fiscal year 2021, customers within the automotive and transportation and smart home and appliances industries are presented within the DMS segment. Prior period disclosures are restated to reflect the realignment.
79

Table of Contents
The following table presents the Company’s revenues disaggregated by segment (in millions):
Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
202120202019
EMSDMSTotalEMSDMSTotalEMSDMSTotal
Timing of transfer
Point in time$4,464 $7,183 $11,647 $4,363 $6,068 $10,431 $2,832 $6,101 $8,933 
Over time9,440 8,198 17,638 9,730 7,105 16,835 10,135 6,214 16,349 
Total$13,904 $15,381 $29,285 $14,093 $13,173 $27,266 $12,967 $12,315 $25,282 
The following tables set forth operating segment information (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Net revenue

      

EMS

  $11,077,622   $11,029,132   $10,777,810 

DMS

   7,985,499    7,323,954    7,121,386 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $19,063,121   $18,353,086   $17,899,196 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

Segment income and reconciliation of income before tax

      

EMS

  $436,110   $373,732   $297,097 

DMS

   230,893    256,588    372,912 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total segment income

  $667,003   $630,320   $670,009 

Reconciling items:

      

Amortization of intangibles

   (35,524   (37,121   (24,449

Stock-based compensation expense and related charges

   (48,544   (58,997   (62,563

Restructuring and related charges

   (160,395   (11,369   (33,066

Distressed customer charges

   (10,198)��   —      —   

Loss on disposal of subsidiaries

   (2,112   —      —   

Acquisition costs and certain purchase accounting adjustments

   —      —      5,480 

Other expense

   (28,448   (8,380   (5,627

Interest income

   12,525    9,128    9,953 

Interest expense

   (138,074   (136,536   (128,091
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations before tax

  $256,233   $387,045   $431,646 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   August 31, 2017   August 31, 2016 

Total assets

    

EMS

  $2,778,820   $2,615,237 

DMS

   5,290,468    5,012,798 

Other non-allocated assets

   3,026,707    2,694,642 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $11,095,995   $10,322,677 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Segment income and reconciliation of income before tax
EMS$509 $374 $394 
DMS732 490 483 
Total segment income$1,241 $864 $877 
Reconciling items:
Amortization of intangibles(47)(56)(32)
Stock-based compensation expense and related charges(102)(83)(61)
Restructuring, severance and related charges(10)(157)(26)
Distressed customer charges— (15)(6)
Business interruption and impairment charges, net
(6)
Acquisition and integration charges(4)(31)(54)
Gain (loss) on securities(49)(30)
Other expense (net of periodic benefit cost)(13)(47)(53)
Interest income15 21 
Interest expense(130)(174)(188)
Income before income tax$944 $261 $451 
(in millions)August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Total assets:
EMS$4,340 $3,729 
DMS8,228 7,251 
Other non-allocated assets4,086 3,417 
Total$16,654 $14,397 
The Company operates in 29more than 30 countries worldwide. Sales to unaffiliated customers are based on the Company location that maintains the customer relationship and transacts the external sale. The following tables set forth external net revenue, net of intercompany eliminations, and long-lived asset information where individual countries represent a material portion of the total (in thousands)millions):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017   2016   2015 

External net revenue:

      

Singapore

  $5,585,837   $4,983,711   $5,053,864 

China

   4,012,950    3,873,212    3,941,714 

Mexico

   3,207,059    3,043,609    2,555,502 

U.S.

   1,645,693    1,709,391    2,142,691 

Malaysia

   1,119,384    1,113,456    1,247,897 

Hungary

   944,448    1,130,466    912,669 

Other

   2,547,750    2,499,241    2,044,859 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $19,063,121   $18,353,086   $17,899,196 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

   August 31, 
   2017   2016 

Long-lived assets:

    

China

  $1,922,676   $2,031,634 

U.S.

   1,015,389    992,575 

Singapore

   204,181    235,115 

Mexico

   196,218    185,146 

Taiwan

   136,685    149,200 

Hungary

   89,814    106,481 

Spain

   83,064    72,643 

Malaysia

   74,341    63,844 

Poland

   55,617    52,722 

Other

   343,473    334,246 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $4,121,458   $4,223,606 
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total foreign source revenue

80

Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
External net revenue:
Singapore$7,943 $6,512 $6,719 
China4,666 4,583 4,958 
Mexico4,323 4,686 4,526 
Malaysia2,121 1,903 1,682 
Hungary894 717 809 
Other4,523 4,117 3,490 
Foreign source revenue24,470 22,518 22,184 
U.S.4,815 4,748 3,098 
Total$29,285 $27,266 $25,282 
 August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Long-lived assets:
China$2,046 $1,670 
Mexico361 376 
Malaysia281 232 
Switzerland217 219 
Singapore128 142 
Hungary125 101 
Taiwan106 115 
Vietnam103 108 
Other526 501 
Long-lived assets related to foreign operations3,893 3,464 
U.S.1,079 1,108 
Total$4,972 $4,572 
14. Restructuring, Severance and Related Charges
Following is a summary of the Company’s restructuring, severance and related charges (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 
2021(1)
2020(1)
2019(2)
Employee severance and benefit costs$$94 $16 
Lease costs(1)— 
Asset write-off costs33 (4)
Other costs22 14 
Total restructuring, severance and related charges(3)
$10 $157 $26 
(1)As the Company continued to optimize its cost structure and improve operational efficiencies, $57 million of employee severance and benefit costs was approximately $17.4 billion, $16.6 billion and $15.8 billion forincurred in connection with a reduction in the worldwide workforce during the fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Total long-lived assets relatedyear ended August 31, 2020. The remaining amount primarily relates to the Company’s foreign operations were approximately $3.1 billion and $3.2 billion2020 Restructuring Plan, which was complete as of August 31, 2021.
(2)Primarily relates to the 2017 Restructuring Plan, which was complete as of August 31, 2019.
(3)Includes $0 million, $62 million and 2016,$21 million recorded in the EMS segment, $9 million, $76 million and $3 million recorded in the DMS segment and $1 million, $19 million and $2 million of non-allocated charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

14. Derivative Financial Instruments Except for asset write-off costs, all restructuring, severance and Hedging Activities

related charges are cash costs.

2020 Restructuring Plan
On September 20, 2019, the Company’s Board of Directors formally approved a restructuring plan to realign the Company’s global capacity support infrastructure, particularly in the Company’s mobility footprint in China, in order to optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductions and capacity realignment (the “2020 Restructuring Plan”).
81

Table of Contents
The 2020 Restructuring Plan, totaling $86 million in restructuring and other related costs, is complete as of August 31, 2021.

The tables below summarizes the Company’s liability activity (in millions):
Employee Severance
and Benefit Costs
Lease CostsAsset Write-off
Costs
Other
Related Costs
Total
Balance as of August 31, 2019(1)
$$$— $$
Restructuring related charges37 33 79 
Asset write-off charge and other non-cash activity(1)(6)(33)— (40)
Cash payments(31)(2)— (1)(34)
Balance as of August 31, 2020(2)
— 11 
Restructuring related charges(1)
Asset write-off charge and other non-cash activity— (5)— (4)
Cash payments(8)— — (1)(9)
Balance as of August 31, 2021(2)
$$$— $$
(1)Balance as of August 31, 2019 primarily relates to the 2017 Restructuring Plan.
(2)Balance as of August 31, 2020 and 2021 primarily relates to the 2020 Restructuring Plan.
15. Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes
Income (loss) before income tax expense is summarized below (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Domestic(1)
$(271)$(452)$(416)
Foreign(1)
1,215 713 867 
Total$944 $261 $451 
(1)Includes the elimination of intercompany foreign dividends paid to the U.S.
Income tax expense (benefit) is summarized below (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Current:
Domestic - federal$$(3)$(24)
Domestic - state
Foreign252 180 177 
Total current262 178 154 
Deferred:
Domestic - federal(10)(8)
Domestic - state— — (2)
Foreign(18)36 18 
Total deferred(16)26 
Total income tax expense$246 $204 $162 
Reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate to the Company’s effective income tax rate is summarized below:
82

Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
U.S. federal statutory income tax rate21.0 %21.0 %21.0 %
State income taxes, net of federal tax benefit0.2 (2.6)(1.7)
Impact of foreign tax rates(1)(2)
(4.6)(0.9)(9.9)
Permanent differences(0.4)3.2 1.8 
Income tax credits(1)
(0.4)(2.5)(3.1)
Changes in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities(3)
— 10.3 0.2 
One-time transition tax related to the Tax Act— — (0.5)
Indefinite reinvestment assertion impact— — 0.9 
Valuation allowance(4)
1.3 16.8 1.3 
Non-deductible equity compensation0.6 2.2 1.4 
Impact of intercompany charges and dividends4.4 15.0 10.4 
Global Intangible Low-Taxed Income3.0 13.7 10.4 
Other, net0.9 2.0 3.6 
Effective income tax rate26.0 %78.2 %35.8 %
(1)The Company is directlyhas been granted tax incentives for various subsidiaries in China, Malaysia, Singapore and indirectly affected byVietnam, which primarily expire at various dates through fiscal year 2031 and are subject to certain conditions with which the Company expects to comply. These tax incentives resulted in a tax benefit of approximately $51 million ($0.34 per basic share), $43 million ($0.28 per basic share) and $67 million ($0.43 per basic share) during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.
(2)For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2021, the increase in the impact of foreign tax rates was primarily related to increased income in low tax rate jurisdictions. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, the decrease in the impact of foreign tax rates was primarily related to decreased income in low tax rate jurisdictions. For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019, the decrease in the impact of foreign tax rates was primarily due to a decrease in the U.S. federal statutory income tax rate due to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (“Tax Act”).
(3)For the fiscal year ended August 31, 2020, the increase in the changes in certain market conditions. These changestax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities was primarily due to the re-measurement of deferred tax assets related to an extension of a non-U.S. tax incentive of $21 million.
(4)The valuation allowance change for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020 was primarily due to the change in market conditions may adversely impactdeferred tax assets for sites with existing valuation allowances. The valuation allowance change for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was primarily due to utilization of domestic federal net operating losses and tax credits against the one-time transition tax. The increase for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 was partially offset by an income tax benefit of $18 million for the reversal of a U.S. valuation allowance due to an intangible asset reclassification from indefinite-life to finite-life.
Deferred Tax Assets and Liabilities
Significant components of the deferred tax assets and liabilities are summarized below (in millions):
83

Table of Contents
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 20212020
Deferred tax assets:
Net operating loss carryforwards$200 $198 
Receivables
Inventories14 11 
Compensated absences13 12 
Accrued expenses115 85 
Property, plant and equipment71 42 
Domestic tax credits11 29 
Foreign jurisdiction tax credits10 15 
Equity compensation10 11 
Domestic interest carryforwards
Cash flow hedges10 
Capital loss carryforwards20 20 
Revenue recognition36 43 
Operating and finance lease liabilities60 89 
Other19 19 
Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowances601 596 
Less valuation allowances(353)(341)
Net deferred tax assets$248 $255 
Deferred tax liabilities:
Unremitted earnings of foreign subsidiaries60 77 
Intangible assets27 32 
Operating lease assets92 83 
Other13 
Total deferred tax liabilities$183 $205 
Net deferred tax assets$65 $50 
Based on the Company’s financial performancehistorical operating income, projection of future taxable income, scheduled reversal of taxable temporary differences, and tax planning strategies, management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowances recorded.
As of August 31, 2021, the Company intends to indefinitely reinvest the remaining earnings from its foreign subsidiaries for which a deferred tax liability has not already been recorded. The accumulated earnings are referredthe most significant component of the basis difference which is indefinitely reinvested. As of August 31, 2021, the indefinitely reinvested earnings in foreign subsidiaries upon which taxes had not been provided were approximately $2.4 billion. The estimated amount of the unrecognized deferred tax liability on these reinvested earnings was approximately $0.1 billion.
Tax Carryforwards
The amount and expiration dates of income tax net operating loss carryforwards, tax credit carryforwards, and tax capital loss carryforwards, which are available to reduce future taxes, if any, as market risks. of August 31, 2021 are as follows:
(dollars in millions)Last Fiscal Year of ExpirationAmount
Income tax net operating loss carryforwards:(1)
Domestic - state2041 or indefinite$56 
Foreign2031 or indefinite$646 
Tax credit carryforwards:(1)
Domestic - federal2031$
Domestic - state2027 or indefinite$
Foreign(2)
2027 or indefinite$10 
Tax capital loss carryforwards:(3)
Domestic - federal2026$77 
84

Table of Contents
(1)Net of unrecognized tax benefits.
(2)Calculated based on the deferral method and includes foreign investment tax credits.
(3)The tax capital loss carryforwards were primarily from an impairment of an investment that was deemed worthless for tax purposes.
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Reconciliation of the unrecognized tax benefits is summarized below (in millions):
 Fiscal Year Ended August 31,
 202120202019
Beginning balance$190 $164 $257 
Additions for tax positions of prior years15 10 20 
Reductions for tax positions of prior years(1)
(3)(9)(106)
Additions for tax positions related to current year(2)
36 27 36 
Cash settlements— (1)— 
Reductions from lapses in statutes of limitations(2)(1)(3)
Reductions from non-cash settlements with taxing authorities(3)
— (2)(36)
Foreign exchange rate adjustment(4)
Ending balance$241 $190 $164 
Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect the effective tax rate (if recognized)$139 $109 $93 
(1)The reductions for tax positions of prior years for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to a non-U.S. taxing authority ruling related to certain non-U.S. net operating loss carryforwards, offset with a valuation allowance and the impacts of the Tax Act.
(2)The additions for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021 and 2020 are primarily related to taxation of certain intercompany transactions. The additions for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to the impacts of the Tax Act and taxation of certain intercompany transactions.
(3)The reductions from settlements with taxing authorities for the fiscal year ended August 31, 2019 are primarily related to the settlement of a U.S. audit.
The Company where deemed appropriate, uses derivatives as risk management toolsrecognizes interest and penalties related to mitigate the potential impact of certain market risks.unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. The primary market risks managed by the Company through the use of derivative instruments are foreign currency fluctuation riskCompany’s accrued interest and interest rate risk.

Foreign Currency Risk Management

Forward contracts are put in place to manage the foreign currency risk associated with the anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses. A hedging relationship existed with an aggregate notional amount outstanding of $314.6penalties were approximately $30 million and $323.3$23 million as of August 31, 20172021 and 2020, respectively. The Company recognized interest and penalties of approximately $7 million, $4 million and $(2) million during the fiscal years ended August 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

It is reasonably possible that the August 31, 2021 unrecognized tax benefits could decrease during the next 12 months by $19 million, primarily related to a taxing authority agreement associated with intercompany transactions.
The Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2015. In major non-U.S. and state jurisdictions, the Company is no longer subject to income tax examinations for fiscal years before August 31, 2011 and August 31, 2016,2009, respectively.
16. Business Acquisitions
During fiscal year 2018, the Company and Johnson & Johnson Medical Devices Companies (“JJMD”) entered into a framework agreement to form a strategic collaboration and expand its existing relationship. The related forward foreign exchange contractsstrategic collaboration expands the Company’s medical device manufacturing portfolio, diversification and capabilities.
On February 25, 2019 and April 29, 2019, under the terms of the framework agreement, the Company completed the initial and second closings, respectively, of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The aggregate purchase price paid for the initial and second closings was approximately $167 million in cash. For the initial and second closings, total assets acquired of $173 million and total liabilities assumed of $6 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates.
On September 30, 2019, under the terms of the framework agreement, the Company completed the third closing of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The aggregate purchase price paid for the third closing was approximately $113 million in cash. For the third closing, total assets acquired of $196 million, including $81 million in contract assets, $34 million in
85

Table of Contents
inventory and $56 million in goodwill, and total liabilities assumed of $83 million, including $74 million of pension obligations, were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. There were no intangible assets identified in this acquisition and the goodwill is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce. The majority of the goodwill is currently not expected to be deductible for income tax purposes.
On October 26, 2020, under the terms of the framework agreement, the Company completed the fourth closing of its acquisition of certain assets of JJMD. The aggregate purchase price paid for the fourth closing was approximately $19 million in cash. Total assets acquired of $30 million and total liabilities assumed of $11 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date.
The acquisitions of the JJMD assets have been designated as hedging instruments and are accounted for as cash flow hedges.separate business combinations for each closing using the acquisition method of accounting. The forward foreign exchange contract transactions will effectively lockCompany is currently evaluating the fair value of the assets and liabilities related to the fourth closing. The preliminary estimates and measurements are, therefore, subject to change during the measurement period for assets acquired, liabilities assumed and tax adjustments. The results of operations were included in the value of anticipated foreign currency denominated revenuesCompany’s consolidated financial results beginning on February 25, 2019 for the initial closing, April 29, 2019 for the second closing, September 30, 2019 for the third closing and expenses against foreign currency fluctuations.October 26, 2020 for the fourth closing. The anticipated foreign currency denominated revenues and expenses being hedged are expectedCompany believes it is impracticable to occur between September 1, 2017 and May 31, 2018.

In addition to derivatives that are designated as hedging instruments and qualifyprovide pro forma information for hedge accounting, the Company also enters into forward contracts to economically hedge transactional exposure associated with commitments arising from trade accounts receivable, trade accounts payable, fixed purchase obligations and intercompany transactions denominated in a currency other than the functional currencyacquisitions of the respective operating entity. The aggregate notional amount of these outstanding contracts as of August 31, 2017 and August 31, 2016, was $2.1 billion and $1.7 billion, respectively.

JJMD assets.

17. Fair Value Measurements
Fair Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
The following table presents the Company’sfair value of the Company's financial assets and liabilities related to forward foreign exchange contracts measured at fair value by hierarchy level on a recurring basis as of August 31, 2017, aggregated by the level in the fair-value hierarchy in which those measurementsperiods indicated (in millions):
Fair Value HierarchyAugust 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents:
Cash equivalentsLevel 1(1)$36 $34 
Prepaid expenses and other current assets:
Short-term investmentsLevel 118 17 
Forward foreign exchange contracts:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)11 
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)20 59 
Other assets:
Forward interest rate swap:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(3)— 
Liabilities:
Accrued expenses:
Forward foreign exchange contracts:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)$$
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(2)
Interest rate swaps:
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(3)
Extended interest rate swap not designated as a hedging instrument (Note 11)Level 2(4)10 26 
Other liabilities:
Interest rate swaps:
Extended interest rate swap not designated as a hedging instrument (Note 11)Level 2(4)— 13 
Forward interest rate swap:
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments (Note 11)Level 2(3)— 
(1)Consist of investments that are classified (in thousands):

   Level 1   Level 2   Level 3   Total 

Assets:

        

Forward foreign exchange contracts

  $—      39,660    —     $39,660 

Liabilities:

        

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   —      (10,539   —      (10,539
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $—      29,121    —     $29,121 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

readily convertible to cash with original maturities of 90 days or less.

(2)The Company’s forward foreign exchange contracts are measured on a recurring basis at fair value, based on foreign currency spot rates and forward rates quoted by banks or foreign currency dealers.

86

Table of Contents
(3)Fair value measurements are based on the contractual terms of the derivatives and use observable market-based inputs. The interest rate swaps are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows of each derivative using observable inputs including interest rate curves and credit spreads.
(4)The 2020 Extended Interest Rate Swaps are considered a hybrid instrument and the Company elected the fair value option for reporting. Fair value measurements are based on the contractual terms of the contract and use observable market-based inputs. The interest rate swaps are valued using a discounted cash flow analysis on the expected cash flows using observable inputs including interest rate curves and credit spreads.
Assets Held for Sale
The following table presents the assets held for sale (in millions):
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Carrying AmountCarrying Amount
Assets held for sale (1)
$61 $67 
(1)The fair value of assets held for sale exceeds the carrying value for $30 million of assets held for sale. For $31 million of assets held for sale, the carrying value approximates the fair value with the asset value measured using Level 2 inputs.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The carrying amounts of cash and cash equivalents, trade accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, accounts payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value because of the short-term nature of these financial instruments. The carrying amounts of borrowings under credit facilities and under loans approximates fair value as interest rates on these instruments approximates current market rates.
Notes payable and long-term debt is carried at amortized cost; however, the Company estimates the fair value of notes payable and long-term debt for disclosure purposes. The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s derivative instruments locatedCompany's notes payable and long-term debt, by hierarchy level as of the periods indicated (in millions):
August 31, 2021August 31, 2020
Fair Value HierarchyCarrying AmountFair ValueCarrying AmountFair Value
Notes payable and long-term debt: (Note 7)
4.700% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$499 $521 $499 $537 
4.900% Senior NotesLevel 3(2)$300 $322 $299 $329 
3.950% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$496 $555 $495 $552 
3.600% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$495 $541 $495 $536 
3.000% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$591 $618 $590 $612 
1.700% Senior NotesLevel 2(1)$496 $504 $— $— 
(1)The fair value estimates are based upon observable market data.
(2)This fair value estimate is based on the Consolidated Balance Sheets utilizedCompany’s indicative borrowing cost derived from discounted cash flows.
Refer to Note 10 - “Postretirement and Other Employee Benefits” for foreign currency risk management purposes as of August 31, 2017 and 2016 (in thousands):

   Fair Values of Derivative Instruments 
   Asset Derivatives   Liability Derivatives 
   Balance Sheet
Location
   Fair Value as of
August 31,
2017
   Fair Value as of
August 31,
2016
   Balance Sheet
Location
   Fair Value as of
August 31,
2017
   Fair Value as of
August 31,
2016
 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

            

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   

Prepaid expenses
and other current
assets
 
 
 
  $8,380   $420    
Accrued
expenses
 
 
  $1,408   $1,986 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:

            

Forward foreign exchange contracts

   

Prepaid expenses
and other current
assets
 
 
 
  $31,280   $3,850    
Accrued
expenses
 
 
  $9,131   $10,801 

The gains and losses recognized in earnings due to hedge ineffectiveness and the amount excluded from effectiveness testing were not material for all periods presented and are included as components of net revenue, cost of revenue and selling, general and administrative expense.

The Company recognized gains and losses in earnings related to changes in fair value of derivatives utilized for foreign currency risk management purposes and not designated as hedging instruments during fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015. These amounts were not material and were recognized as components of cost of revenue.

Interest Rate Risk Management

The Company periodically enters into interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s borrowings.

Cash Flow Hedges

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company entered into forward starting swap transactions to hedge the fixed interest rate payments for an anticipated debt issuance. The forward starting swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The forward starting swaps are scheduled to expire on March 15, 2018. If the anticipated debt issuance occurs before March 15, 2018, the contracts will be terminated simultaneously with the debt issuance. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at the time of termination or expiration. Changes indisclosure surrounding the fair value of the forward starting swap transactions are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, thepension plan assets.

18. Commitments and Contingencies
Legal Proceedings
The Company entered into interest rate swap transactionsis party to hedge the variable interest rate payments for the Term Loan Facility. In connection with this transaction, the Company will pay interest based upon a fixed rate as agreed upon with the respective counterparties and receive variable rate interest payments based on the one-month LIBOR. The interest rate swaps have an aggregate notional amount of $200.0 million and have been designated as hedging instruments and accounted for as cash flow hedges. The interest rate swaps were effective on September 30, 2016 and are scheduled to expire on June 30, 2019. The contracts will be settled with the respective counterparties on a net basis at each settlement date. Changescertain lawsuits in the fair valueordinary course of the interest rate swap transactions are recorded on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as a component of AOCI.

15. Restructuring and Related Charges

Following is a summary of the Company’s restructuring and related charges (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended August 31, 
   2017 (2)   2016 (3)  2015 (3) 

Employee severance and benefit costs

  $56,834   $8,845  $24,327 

Lease costs

   3,966    (43  2,777 

Asset write-off costs

   94,346    1,170   5,565 

Other related costs

   5,249    1,397   1,890 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total restructuring and related charges(1)

  $160,395   $11,369  $34,559 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Includes $51.3 million, $10.7 million and $32.0 million recorded in the EMS segment, $82.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.4 million recorded in the DMS segment and $26.7 million, $(0.1) million and $2.2 million of non-allocated charges for the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Except for asset write-off costs, all restructuring and related charges are cash costs.
(2)Includes employee severance and benefit costs of $52.2 million and $4.6 million, lease costs of $4.0 million and $0.0 million, asset write-off costs of $94.2 million and $0.1 million and other related costs of $3.8 million and $1.5 million for the 2017 Restructuring Plan and the 2013 Restructuring Plan, respectively.
(3)Costs relate to the 2013 Restructuring Plan.

2017 Restructuring Plan

On September 15, 2016, the Company’s Board of Directors formally approved a restructuring plan to better align the Company’s global capacity and administrative support infrastructure to further optimize organizational effectiveness. This action includes headcount reductions across the Company’s Selling, General and Administrative cost base and capacity realignment in higher cost locations (the “2017 Restructuring Plan”).

Upon completion of the 2017 Restructuring Plan, the Company expects to recognize approximately $195.0 million in restructuring and other related costs.business. The Company incurred $154.2 million of costs during fiscal year 2017 and anticipates incurring the remaining costs during fiscal year 2018 for employee severance and benefit costs, asset write-off costs and other related costs.

2013 Restructuring Plan

The Company’s Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan in fiscal year 2013 (the “2013 Restructuring Plan”), which was intended to better align the Company’s manufacturing capacity in certain geographies and to reduce the Company’s worldwide workforce in order to reduce operating expenses. As of August 31, 2017, the 2013 Restructuring Plan was substantially complete.

The table below sets forth the cumulative restructuring and related charges incurred through August 31, 2017 for the 2017 Restructuring Plan and the 2013 Restructuring Plan (in thousands):

   2017   2013     
   Restructuring Plan(1)   Restructuring Plan(2)   Total 

Employee severance and benefit costs

  $52,197   $137,138   $189,335 

Lease costs

   3,966    3,484    7,450 

Asset write-off costs

   94,276    21,385    115,661 

Other related costs

   3,792    6,021    9,813 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total restructuring and related charges

  $154,231   $168,028   $322,259 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

(1)Includes $45.1 million allocated to the EMS segment, $82.4 million allocated to the DMS segment and $26.7 million of unallocated costs.
(2)Includes $130.3 million allocated to the EMS segment, $28.8 million allocated to the DMS segment and $8.9 million of unallocated costs.

The tables below summarize the Company’s liability activity associated with the 2017 Restructuring Plan and the 2013 Restructuring Plan (in thousands):

   Employee Severance
and Benefit Costs
  Lease Costs  Asset Write-off
Costs
  Other
Related Costs
  Total 

Balance as of August 31, 2015(1)

  $30,047  $64  $—    $846  $30,957 

Restructuring related charges

   8,845   (43  1,170   1,397   11,369 

Asset write-off charge and other

      

non-cash activity

   (454  —     (1,170  —     (1,624

Cash payments

   (21,172  —     —     (1,503  (22,675
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2016(1)

   17,266   21   —     740   18,027 

Restructuring related charges

   56,834   3,966   94,346   5,249   160,395 

Asset write-off charge and other

      

non-cash activity

   1,319   59   (94,346  65   (92,903

Cash payments

   (41,839  (2,381  —     (2,911  (47,131
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance as of August 31, 2017(2)

  $33,580  $1,665  $—    $3,143  $38,388 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Relates only to the 2013 Restructuring Plan.
(2)The liability as of August 31, 2017 includes $30.9 million and $7.5 million related to the 2017 Restructuring Plan and the 2013 Restructuring Plan, respectively.

16. Business Acquisitions

Fiscal year 2017

On March 1, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of Lewis Engineering, which wasdoes not deemed to be significant. The acquired business expanded the Company’s capabilities in precision machining, manufacturing and design engineering. The aggregate purchase price of the acquisition totaled approximately $31.4 million in cash.

The acquisition has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $32.3 million, including $8.2 million in goodwill and $14.6 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $0.9 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $8.2 million was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the DMS segment. The majority of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The Company expensed transaction costs in connection with the acquisition of approximately $0.8 million during the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017. The results of operations of the acquired business were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the date of the acquisition. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition is not deemed to be significant.

Fiscal year 2016

On November 25, 2015, the Company entered into a master purchase agreement for certain assets and liabilities of various legal entities, collectively referred to as “Hanson”. On January 13, 2016, the Company completed the acquisition of the assets for approximately $139.2 million in cash, plus the assumption of certain liabilities of $230.0 million (such liabilities were subsequently paid in February 2016 and classified in our Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows as a component of cash flows from operating activities), with the exception of the real property, which closed on July 7, 2016, for approximately $33.3 million. Hanson is engaged in the business of manufacturing certain parts for customers in the DMS segment.

The acquisition of certain Hanson assets has been accounted for as a business combination using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $406.4 million, including $276.8 million in property, plant and equipment, $129.6 million in goodwill and intangible assets assigned to customer relationships, liabilities assumed of $230.0 million and $3.9 million of deferred tax liabilities were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition date. The excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the acquired assets was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the DMS segment. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. A customer relationship was valued using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach. The results of operations were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on January 13, 2016. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisition of Hanson is not deemed to be significant.

During the first quarter of fiscal year 2016, the Company completed two additional acquisitions (Inala Technologies Limited and various legal entities collectively referred to as “Shemer Companies”) which were not deemed to be significantbelieve that these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate. The acquired businesses expandedaggregate, will have a material adverse effect on the Company’s capabilities in capital equipment, networking and telecommunications, and printing. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions totaled approximately $72.3 million in cash.

These two acquisitions have been accounted for as business combinations using the acquisition method of accounting. Assets acquired of $92.2 million, including $19.3 million in goodwill and $31.4 million in intangible assets, and liabilities assumed of $19.9 million were recorded at their estimated fair values as of the acquisition dates. The excess of the purchase prices over the fair values of the acquired assets and assumed liabilities of $19.3 million was recorded to goodwill and was fully allocated to the EMS segment. None of the goodwill is currently expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. Thefinancial position, results of operations of the acquired businesses were included in the Company’s consolidated financial results beginning on the date of the acquisitions. Pro forma information has not been provided as the acquisitions are not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate.

Fiscal year 2015

On July 1, 2015, the Company completed the acquisition of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. and each of its subsidiaries (collectively referred to as “Plasticos”) by acquiring 100% of the issued and outstanding common shares of J.Y.E. Castella Llorca, S.L. The aggregate purchase price totaled approximately $111.0 million in cash based on the exchange rate on the date of acquisition.

During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2015, the Company completed five additional acquisitions which were not deemed to be significant individually or in the aggregate. The acquired businesses expanded the Company’s capabilities in consumer lifestyles and wearable technologies and networking and telecommunications. The aggregate purchase price of these acquisitions totaled approximately $117.0 million in cash.

17.flows.

19. New Accounting Guidance

Recently IssuedAdopted Accounting Guidance

During fiscal year 2014, the FASB issued an accounting standard which will supersede existing revenue recognition guidance under current U.S. GAAP. The new standard is a comprehensive new revenue recognition model that requires a company to recognize revenue to depict the transfer

87

Table of goods or services to a customer at an amount that reflects the consideration it expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services. The accounting standard is effective for the Company in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. Companies may use either a full retrospective or a modified retrospective approach to adopt this standard.

The Company has determined that the new standard will result in a change to the timing of the Company’s revenue recognition policy for certain customer contracts to an “over time” model as opposed to a “point in time” model upon delivery. Additionally, the Company anticipates the new standard will impact the Company’s accounting for certain fulfillment costs, which include up-front

costs to prepare for manufacturing activities that are expected to be recovered. Under the new standard, such up-front costs would be recognized as an asset and amortized on a systematic basis consistent with the pattern of the transfer of the goods to which the asset relates. The financial impacts of the new standard cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The Company is in the process of implementing changes to its processes, policies and internal controls to meet the impact of the new standard and disclosure requirements. The Company expects to adopt the new guidance under the modified retrospective approach.

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to address certain aspects of recognition, measurement, presentation and disclosure of financial instruments. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. Early application is permitted only for certain provisions, and the update must be applied by means of a cumulative-effect adjustment to the Consolidated Balance Sheet as of the beginning of the fiscal year of adoption and applied prospectively to equity investments that exist as of the date of adoption of the standard. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard revising lease accounting. The new guidance requires organizations to recognize lease assets and lease liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheet and disclose key information regarding leasing arrangements. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. Early application of the new standard is permitted and must be adopted using a modified retrospective approach. The adoption of this standard will impact the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company is currently assessing any other impacts this new standard will have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Contents

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued an accounting standard, which replaces the existing incurred loss impairment methodologymodel with a methodology that reflectsan expected credit lossesloss model and requires considerationa financial asset measured at amortized cost to be presented at the net amount expected to be collected. The Company adopted the guidance during the first quarter of fiscal year 2021. The adoption of this standard did not have a broader range of reasonable and supportable informationmaterial impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2018, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which aligns the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred in a hosting arrangement that is a service contract with the requirements for capitalizing implementation costs incurred to inform credit loss estimates.develop or obtain internal-use software. This guidance iswas effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021 and early2021. The adoption is permitted beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020. This guidance must be applied usingthis standard did not have a modified retrospective or prospective transition method, depending on the area covered by this accounting standard. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2016, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to address the presentation of certain transactions within the statement of cash flows with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to improve the accounting for the income tax consequences of intra-entity transfers of assets other than inventory. The new standard eliminates the exception for an intra-entity transfer of an asset other than inventory and requires an entity to recognize the income tax consequences when the transfer occurs. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and early adoption is permitted. This guidance should be applied on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment directly to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard that clarifies the definition of a business to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or disposals) of assets or businesses. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 and will be applied on a prospective basis. Early application is permitted for certain transactions. Thematerial impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements will depend on the facts and circumstances of any specific future transactions.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to simplify how an entity is required to test goodwill for impairment by eliminating the requirement to calculate the implied fair value of goodwill (i.e., Step 2 of the current goodwill impairment test) to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Goodwill will be considered impaired when the carrying amount of a reporting unit that includes goodwill exceeds its fair value. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2021, with early application permitted. The guidance will be applied on a prospective basis. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard which clarifies the scope of asset derecognition and adds further guidance for recognizing gains and losses from the transfer of non-financial assets in contracts with non-customers. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019 coincident with the new revenue recognition guidance. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

During fiscal year 2017, the FASB issued a new accounting standard to improve the financial reporting of hedging relationships to better portray the economic results of an entity’s risk management activities by simplifying the application of hedge accounting and improving the related disclosures in its financial statements. This guidance is effective for the Company beginning in the first quarter of fiscal year 2020, with early adoption permitted. The guidance must be applied using a modified retrospective approach. The Company is currently assessing the impact this new standard may have on its Consolidated Financial Statements.

Recently Issued Accounting Guidance
Recently issued accounting guidance not discussed above is not applicable or did not have, or is not expected to have, a material impact to the Company.

18. Subsequent Events

The Company has evaluated subsequent events that occurred through the date of the filing of the Company’s fiscal year 2017 Form 10-K. No significant events occurred, other than disclosed below, subsequent to the balance sheet date and prior to the filing date of this report that would have a material impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements.

On September 1, 2017, the Company completed the acquisition of True-Tech Corporation for a cash payment of $95.9 million. True-Tech Corporation is a manufacturer specializing in aerospace, semiconductor and medical machined components. The final purchase price is subject to adjustment based on conditions within the asset purchase agreement and is expected to be final during the first quarter of fiscal year 2018.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

88

Table of Contents
SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

JABIL INC.
Registrant

JABIL INC.

Registrant

By:/s/ MARK T. MONDELLO

Mark T. Mondello


Chief Executive Officer

Date: October 19, 2017

22, 2021



89

Table of Contents
POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL THESE PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Mark T. Mondello and Forbes I.J. AlexanderMichael Dastoor and each of them, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each said attorneys-in-fact or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

Signature

Signature

Title

Title

Date

By:

/s/ TIMOTHY L. MAIN

Timothy L. Main

Chairman of the Board of Directors

October 22, 2021
October 19, 2017Timothy L. Main

By:

/s/ THOMAS A. SANSONE

Thomas A. Sansone

Vice Chairman of the Board of Directors

October 22, 2021
October 19, 2017Thomas A. Sansone

By:

/s/ MARK T. MONDELLO

Mark T. Mondello

Chief Executive Officer and Director


(Principal Executive Officer)

October 22, 2021
October 19, 2017Mark T. Mondello

By:

/s/ FORBES I.J. ALEXANDER

Forbes I.J. Alexander

M
ICHAEL DASTOOR

Chief Financial Officer (Principal


Financial and Accounting Officer)

October 22, 2021
October 19, 2017Michael Dastoor

By:

/s/ ANOUSHEH ANSARI

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Anousheh Ansari

Director

October 19, 2017

By:

/s/ MARTHA F. BROOKS

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Martha F. Brooks

Director

October 19, 2017

By:

/s/ FRANK A. NEWMAN

Frank A. Newman

C
HRISTOPHER S. HOLLAND

Director

October 22, 2021
October 19, 2017Christopher S. Holland

By:

/s/ JOHN C. PLANT

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
John C. Plant

Director

October 19, 2017

By:

/s/ STEVEN A. RAYMUND

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
Steven A. Raymund

Director

October 19, 2017

By:

/s/ DAVID M. STOUT

DirectorOctober 22, 2021
David M. Stout

Director

By:
/s/ KATHLEEN A. WALTERS
DirectorOctober 19, 201722, 2021
Kathleen A. Walters


90

Table of Contents
SCHEDULE II

JABIL INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES

SCHEDULE OF VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS

(in thousands)

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses
   Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged

to Other Accounts
   Write-offs  Balance at
End of Period
 

Allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable:

         

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

  $11,094   $6,255   $—     $(3,215 $14,134 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

  $11,663   $292   $—     $(861 $11,094 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

  $1,994   $11,837   $—     $(2,168 $11,663 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses
   Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged

to Other Accounts
   Write-offs  Balance at
End of Period
 

Reserve for inventory obsolescence:

         

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

  $32,221   $46,030   $—     $(32,238 $46,013 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

  $43,477   $12,145   $—     $(23,401 $32,221 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

  $49,431   $10,826   $—     $(16,780 $43,477 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Balance at
Beginning
of Period
   Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses(1)
   Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged

to Other Accounts(2)
  Reductions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses(3)
  Balance at
End of Period
 

Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:

        

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2017

  $344,828   $65,300   $(97,203 $(27,366 $285,559 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2016

  $304,820   $23,891   $28,238  $(12,121 $344,828 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended August 31, 2015

  $261,285   $79,933   $(29,069 $(7,329 $304,820 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

millions)
(1)During the fiscal years ended August 31, 2017, 2016 and 2015, the additions charged to costs and expenses primarily relate to the increase of deferred tax assets for sites with existing valuation allowances.
(2)During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the reductions charged to other accounts primarily relate to the decrease of net operating loss carry forwards due to non-U.S. unrecognized tax benefits and a non-U.S. tax audit. During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2016, the additions charged to other accounts primarily related to the recognition of excess tax benefits due to the early adoption of the new accounting guidance for share-based payment transactions.
(3)During the fiscal year ended August 31, 2017, the reductions charged to costs and expenses primarily relate to the release of certain non-U.S. valuation allowances.

Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions and
Adjustments
Charged to Costs
and Expenses
Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts
Write-offsBalance at
End of Period
Reserve for excess and obsolete inventory:
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2021$85 $33 $— $(33)$85 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2020$70 $60 $— $(45)$85 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019$61 $34 $— $(25)$70 
Balance at
Beginning
of Period
Additions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Additions/
(Reductions)
Charged
to Other Accounts
Reductions
Charged to
Costs and
Expenses
Balance at
End of Period
Valuation allowance for deferred taxes:
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2021$341 $18 $— $(6)$353 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2020$288 $54 $$(10)$341 
Fiscal year ended August 31, 2019$223 $23 $59 $(17)$288 

See accompanying report of independent registered public accounting firm.

92


91